S-1 1 forms-1.htm

 

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2023

 

Registration Number [   ]

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

A picture containing text, clipart

Description automatically generated

 

MASSIMO GROUP

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Nevada   3799   92-0790263

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

3101 W Miller Road

Garland, TX 75041

877-881-6376

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

Corporation Service Company

112 North Curry Street

Carson City, NV 89703

1-866-403-5272

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

with copies to:

 

Richard Anslow, Esq.

Vincent McGill, Esq.
Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10105
Phone: (212) 370-1300
Fax: (212) 370-7889

 

M. Ali Panjwani, Esq.

Pryor Cashman LLP

7 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Phone: (212) 326-0820

Fax: (212) 326-0806

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. ☐

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☐

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company ☒
      Emerging growth company ☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 15, 2023

 

 

[             ] Shares

Common Stock

 

This is the initial public offering of common stock of Massimo Group. We are offering [              ] shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 (“common stock”), in this offering. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price per share to be between $[             ] and $[             ].

 

We have applied to have our common stock listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “MAMO.”

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

Following this offering, David Shan, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors will hold approximately [      ]% of the voting power in us (or approximately [      ]% if the underwriters (the “Underwriters”) exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), and, as a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing standards. As a result, Mr. Shan will have the ability to determine all matters requiring approval by stockholders, subject to applicable law. Furthermore, for so long as we remain a controlled company under that definition, we technically qualify and are eligible to be exempted from the obligation to comply with certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, however, we do not currently plan to take advantage of the exemptions provided to controlled companies. Our status as a controlled company could cause our securities to be less attractive to certain investors or otherwise adversely affect our securities’ trading price.

 

Investing in our common stock is speculative and involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

   Per Share   Total 
Public offering price  $             $          
Discounts and commissions to Underwriters  $   $ 
Proceeds to us, before expenses  $   $ 

 

We have granted a 45-day option to the representative of the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional [             ] shares of common stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The Underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about [     ], through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

Bookrunners

 

Roth Capital Partners   Craft Capital Management, LLC

 

The date of this prospectus is [      ], 2023

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Prospectus Summary 1
Risk Factors 14
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 37
Use of Proceeds 38
Dividend Policy 39
Capitalization 40
Dilution 41
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 42
Business 62
Management 78
Executive Compensation 84
Principal Stockholders 86
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions 87
Description of Capital Stock 89
Shares Eligible For Future Sale 91
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations 93
Underwriting 96
Experts 107
Legal Matters 107
Where You Can Find More Information 107
Index to Financial Statements F-1

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with information different from or in addition to that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i
 

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

Unless otherwise indicated, in this prospectus, the following terms shall have the meaning set out below:

 

“ASC”   Accounting Standards Codification.
“ASC 260”   ASC titled “Earnings per Share.”
“ASC 606”   Refers to an accounting standard which directs entities to recognize revenue when the promised goods or services are transferred to the customer.
“ASUs”   Accounting Standards Updates.
“ASU 2016-13”   ASU titled “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.”
“ASU 2019-12”   ASU titled “Income Taxes” (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.”
“ASU 2021-08”   ASU titled “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers.”
“ATIFUS”   Asian International Securities Exchange Co., Ltd.
“ATVs”   All-Terrain Vehicles.
“BRP”   Bombardier Recreational Products.
“China” or the “PRC”   The People’s Republic of China, excluding Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau for the purposes of this prospectus only. 
“Code”   The Internal Revenue Code.
“common stock”   Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Massimo Group.
“Controlling Shareholder”   Mr. David Shan.
“Court”   Second Judicial District Court of Washoe County of the State of Nevada.
“COVID-19”   Coronavirus Disease.
“EPS”   Earnings per share.
“Exchange Act”   Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“FATCA”   Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.
“FDIC”   Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
“FDIC Insurance”   A U.S. federal insurance system which protects depositors of insured banks located in the United States against the loss of their deposits if an insured bank fails.
“FINRA”   Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
“Fiscal 2021”   The 12 months ended December 31, 2021.
“Fiscal 2022”   The 12 months ended December 31, 2022.
“FSCSC”   Food Safety Certification for Specialty Crops.
“IRS”   U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
“IT”   Information technology.
“JOBS Act”   A U.S. federal law which allows companies to access funding in ways that were not allowed before due to securities regulations.
“Linhai Powersports”   Linhai Powersports USA Corporation.
“Massimo Motor Sports”   Massimo Motor Sports LLC.
“Massimo Marine”   Massimo Marine LLC.
“Mercury Marine”   Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick corporation.
“Mid-Tier Band”   The mid-tier band of the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry, which our management considers to be those manufacturers that produce a wide range of products that cater to customer needs but do not yet have the international operations and market share of the Top-Tier Band of the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry.
“Nasdaq”   The Nasdaq Capital Market.
“net proceeds”   What we expect to receive after deducting the underwriting discount and commission and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
“NRS”   Nevada Revised Statues.
“Overallotment Option”   A 45-day option granted to the underwriters to purchase up to an additional [_] shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price to cover over-allotments, if any.
“Pontoon Boats”   Pontoon and tritoon boats.
“Powersports Vehicles and Boat Industry”   The powersports vehicles and boats industry in the United States, which comprises the ATV, UTV, and the Pontoon Boat subsectors.
“R&D”   Research and development.
“Reorganization”   An internal reorganization whereby (i) ATIFUS entered into two separate contribution agreements with Massimo Marine and Massimo Motor Sports respectively, whereby ATIFUS contributed $1,000,000 to Massimo Marine and $1,000,000 to Massimo Motor Sports in exchange for fifteen percent (15%) of membership interests in both entities, and (ii) simultaneously, on the same date, Mr. David Shan and ATIFUS contributed their membership interests in Massimo Marine and Massimo Motor Sports, which was eighty-five percent (85%) and fifteen percent (15%) respectively, to Massimo Group in exchange for common stock of Massimo Group, the end result being that Mr. David Shan and ATIFUS own eighty-five percent (85%) and fifteen percent (15%) of Massimo Group.
“Representative”   Roth Capital Partners, LLC as the representative of the Underwriters in this offering.
“RMB” or “Chinese Yuan”   Legal currency of China.
“SEC”   The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Securities Act”   The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“SOE”   A legal entity that is established by the Chinese government to participate in commercial activities on the government’s behalf.
“SSI”   Statistical Surveys Inc.
“Tail Financing”   Any public or private offering or other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind.
“Top-Tier Band”   The top-tier band of the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry, which our management consider to include companies such as Polaris, Bombardier Recreational Products (BRP), Arctic Cat, Honda and Yamaha with international operations and large market shares.
“Underwriters”   Roth Capital Partners, LLC and Craft Capital Management, LLC.
“Underwriting Agreement”   An underwriting agreement with the Representative.
“underwriting discount”   The offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at those prices less the fee/commission paid to the Underwriters equivalent to seven point five percent (7.5%) of the gross proceeds of this offering.
“USDA”   U.S Department of Agriculture.
“U.S. GAAP”   The generally accepted accounting principles of the United States.
“US”, “U.S.” or “USA”   The United States.
“US$,” “U.S. dollars,” “$,” and “dollars”   Legal currency of the United States.
“UTVs”   Utility-Terrain Vehicles.

 

ii
 

 

Numerical figures included in this registration statement may be subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

 

Except where indicated or where the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the Underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates, surveys, and research as well as from publicly available information, industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. None of the independent industry publications used in this prospectus were prepared on our behalf. Industry publications, research, surveys, studies and forecasts generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, and we are responsible for such information. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and uncertainties as the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus, and to risks due to a variety of factors, including those described under “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these forecasts and other forward-looking information.

 

We own or have a license to use the trademarks used in this prospectus and that are important to our business, many of which are registered under applicable United States intellectual property laws. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are used without the ®, ™ and other similar symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we do not own or have a license to use such trademarks, service marks or trade names and will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

This prospectus contains additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others. All trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. Unless expressly stated herein, we do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other person.

 

Our fiscal year end is December 31. References to a particular “fiscal year” are to our fiscal year ended December 31 of that calendar year. References to a particular “year” are also to our fiscal year ended December 31 of that calendar year unless the text indicates otherwise. Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

iii
 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 and the financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Massimo Group,” “Massimo,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “our business” refer, to Massimo Group, including its subsidiaries named herein .

 

Introduction

 

We were incorporated in the State of Nevada on October 10, 2022 for the purpose of effectuating our Reorganization (see “—Corporate History”).

 

We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. We currently have 40,000,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. No shares of preferred stock are currently outstanding.

 

Overview

 

We believe we are a leading company in the mid-tier band the (“Mid-Tier Band”) of the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry (as defined in “—Industry Developments below), which our management considers to be those manufacturers that produce a wide range of ATVs, UTVs, and Pontoon Boats cater to customer needs but do not yet have the international operations and market share of the top-tier band (the “Top-Tier Band”) of the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry, which would include companies such as Polaris, Bombardier Recreational Products (BRP), Arctic Cat, Honda and Yamaha. In 2020, we became one of the 15 largest pontoon manufacturers in the United States. Our emphasis on providing the sports enthusiast with powerful, affordable, and reliable products has enabled us to grow annual revenues and net income to in excess of $86 million and $4 million, respectively, in the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 (“Fiscal 2022”), and in excess of $75 million and $6 million, respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, since entering the industry in 2009.

 

We manufacture, import and distribute a diversified portfolio of products divided into two main lines: (1) a motor sports brand consisting of utility terrain vehicles (“UTVs”), all-terrain vehicles (“ATVs”), motorcycles, scooters, golf carts and a juvenile line from go karts to balance bikes; and (2) a motor boat line consisting of pontoon and tritoon boats (“Pontoon Boats”). We have been developing new product lines, such as EV chargers, portable solar panels, electric coolers, power stations and electric Pontoon Boats, all of which are currently available for sale. In addition to distributing our products, we intend to provide unparalleled customer service through a network which includes over 600 motor vehicles and 5,500 marine third-party service providers across the United States, 24-hour customer support and an approximately 40,000 sq. ft. parts facility which enables us to fulfill most parts orders within 48 hours.

 

We seek to provide our customers with reliable, high-quality products at great value. By doing so, we believe we have developed a loyal customer base and achieved annual revenues and net income in excess of $86 million and $4 million, respectively, in the 12 months ended December 31, 2022, and in excess of $75 million and $6 million, respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

 

We are headquartered in a 286,000 sq. ft. facility of which 220,000 sq. ft. is dedicated to Massimo Motor Sports and 66,000 sq. ft. to Massimo Marine. Our facility is adjacent to seven acres for boat storage in Dallas, Texas, which houses a design center, two assembly lines, our parts department, a test track, dyno and over 30 loading docks. Our products are sold directly by us, in the e-commerce marketplace, and through a network of dealerships, distributors, and chain stores. We have a significant in-store UTV retail partnership with Tractor Supply Co.

 

1
 

 

 

We manufacture and assemble our products in our Dallas facility and rely upon an international network of strategic global partnerships to supply us with parts and components. In 2017, we began a partnership with Linhai Yamaha Motor Co., located in Shanghai, China, which allowed us to rapidly expand our product line and increase the performance of our vehicles. Further, we partnered with Kubota Japan to enter the Diesel UTV market in 2019.

 

Corporate History

 

Massimo Motor Sports, LLC was initially formed as a limited liability company in Texas on June 30, 2009 (“Massimo Motor Sports”). Massimo Marine, LLC was formed as a limited liability company in Texas on January 6, 2020 (“Massimo Marine”). At the time of the respective formations, Mr. David Shan had held one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding membership interests of Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine.

 

On October 10, 2022, Mr. Shan formed Massimo Group, a Nevada corporation, to combine Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine into one company. On June 1, 2023, Asia International Securities Exchange Co., Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempt company (“ATIFUS”), entered into two separate contribution agreements with Massimo Marine and Massimo Motor Sports, respectively, whereby ATIFUS committed to contribute $1,000,000 to Massimo Marine and $1,000,000 to Massimo Motor Sports in exchange for fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding membership interests in both entities. Simultaneously, on the same date, Mr. Shan and ATIFUS contributed their membership interests in Massimo Marine and Massimo Motor Sports, which was eighty-five percent (85%) and fifteen percent (15%), respectively, to Massimo Group in exchange for shares of common stock of Massimo Group, the end result being that Mr. Shan and ATIFUS own eighty-five percent (85%) and fifteen percent (15%) of Massimo Group (“Reorganization”), respectively. The following chart is a summary of our current corporate structure:

 

 

Our Strengths

 

We believe we are a leading company in the Mid-Tier Band of the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry. The following strengths have enabled us to achieve our growth to date, and we believe will contribute to our ongoing growth:

 

Diversified and Comprehensive Product Portfolio

 

We have a robust portfolio of products, including UTVs and ATVs, golf carts, motorcycles, scooters, Pontoon Boats, snow equipment and a line of accessories for the outdoor enthusiast including electric coolers, power stations and portable solar panels. Our products provide enthusiasts with a variety of exhilarating, stylish and powerful vehicles for year-round use on a variety of terrains. The diversity of our products reduces our exposure to changes in consumer behavior in any single category and provides us with multiple avenues for continued growth. Furthermore, certain product lines are sold in offsetting seasons, reducing the overall seasonality of our sales and lowering cash flow influx risk.

 

2
 

 

In addition to its appeal to consumers, our broad product portfolio provides a compelling value proposition to our dealers and distributors and allows dealers to reduce seasonality, increase operational efficiency and facilitate inventory management.

 

Multiple Distribution Channels

 

We have established multiple distribution channels for our products, including our own e-commerce platforms, leading marketplace accounts, an extensive network of independent dealers and distributors, and relationships with some of the largest retailers in the United States including Tractor Supply Co., Lowes, Walmart, Costco, Sam’s Club, Home Depot, Orscheln Farm & Home, and more. Our multiple channels for distribution and large dealer network provide multiple avenues through which we can engage and communicate with consumers.

 

Strategic Partnerships with Leading Suppliers of High-Quality Products

 

We benefit from cordial relationships with leading suppliers throughout the world. We have ongoing relationships with leading manufacturers which enable us to offer our customers reliable leading-edge high-quality products at prices which represent great value. For example, our partnership with Linhai Yamaha Motor Co., a supplier based in Shanghai, China, has allowed us to increase our vehicles’ performance and expand our product lines in 2017. These relationships also enable us to cut costs while maintaining quality standards and plan shipments to control our inventory levels. Many of our manufacturing partners’ facilities are located in China, which enables them to offer lower cost manufacturing and rapid lead-times for end-market distribution in the United States.

 

Dedicated Customer Support Team

 

We have over 600 third-party motor sports service providers across the United States, more than 5,500 third-party marine boat dealers to service our Pontoon Boats and a dedicated staff of full-time employees including trained technicians to provide online and telephone support to our customers and dealers. This is a value-added service we provide, albeit we have not historically generated revenue from providing maintenance services. We carry full lines of parts, accessories and maintenance items across all models in our approximately 40,000 sq. ft. parts department and strive to fill all orders for parts and accessories within 48 hours.

 

State of the Art Facility

 

We are headquartered in a 286,000 sq. ft. facility of which 220,000 sq. ft. is dedicated to Massimo Motor Sports and 66,000 sq. ft. to Massimo Marine. Our facility is adjacent to seven acres for boat storage in Dallas, Texas, which houses a design center, two assembly lines, our parts department, a test track, dyno, and over 30 loading docks. In addition to serving as the manufacturing facility for our Pontoon Boats, the facility is equipped to quickly palletize and shrink wrap ATVs and UTVs so that most orders can be shipped to stores or distributors within three days.

 

Highly Experienced Management Team

 

Our experienced management team has demonstrated its ability to identify, create and implement new product opportunities, increase revenues, improve financial performance, and maintain a corporate culture dedicated to serving our customers and providing them with premium quality products at great value with unparalleled service.

 

3
 

 

Industry Developments

 

Massimo operates mainly in the ATV, UTV, and the Pontoon Boat subsectors (the “Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry”). ATV and UTV markets are further segmented into the category of outdoor sports and recreation activities, agricultural activities, and military purposes.

 

Regarding the ATV industry subsector, according to Frost & Sullivan, the market size of the ATV market in the United States in terms of revenue grew at a CAGR of 5.0% from $2.2 billion in 2017 to $2.6 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow further to $3.9 billion in 2026 at a CAGR of 8.0%.

 

Regarding the UTV industry subsector, according to Frost & Sullivan, the market size of the UTV market in the United States in terms of revenue grew at a CAGR of 8.6% from $3.3 billion in 2017 to $4.6 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow further to $7.9 billion in 2026 at a CAGR of 11.4 %. ATV market growth rate is expected to be slower compared to UTV market growth partially because of drivers’ preference for a more comfortable and safer driving experience. Of the ATV and UTV vehicles sold in 2021, 63.2% were installed with gasoline propulsion and 34.1% with diesel propulsion with electric propulsion taking up the balance of 2.7% in 2021. It is expected that the percentage of electric propulsion vehicles sold will increase with diesel engines decreasing. However, gasoline propulsion is expected to be the consumers’ choice for the foreseeable future.

 

According to Frost & Sullivan, in 2021, 45.2% of the ATV and UTV vehicles were used for outdoor sports and recreation activities, 30.1% were used for agricultural activities and 24.7% were used for military purposes. There is an increase in demand for ATVs and UTVs for military activities such as driving on difficult terrains, transporting troops, and others. ATVs and UTVs are expected to experience substantial growth in the military segment, owing to superior mobility provided for tactical missions. Additionally, features such as high maneuverability, flexibility, and superior navigational aids providing instant directions for vehicle operators will help foster further market growth.

 

Lastly, regarding the Pontoon Boats industry subsector, according to Frost & Sullivan, the size of the Pontoon Boats market in the United States in terms of revenue grew at a CAGR of 10.7% from $2.2 billion in 2017 to $3.3 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow further to $6.6 billion in 2026 at a CAGR of 14.9 %. Frost & Sullivan concluded that this upward trend in the United States recreational boating market size is mainly due to the technological developments in excursion boats. Manufacturers have been actively investing in research and development (“R&D”) to introduce versatile and affordable motorboats with enhanced technical features to attract the youth population thereby boosting the industry demand.

 

4
 

 

Strategy

 

Our goal is to enter the Top-Tier Band of the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry and increase our market share through the following initiatives:

 

Open New Distribution Centers. A portion of the proceeds of this offering will be used to open new distribution centers in California and the Southeast of the United States. We expect that this will enable us to reduce the time and expense associated with delivering products, replacement parts and accessories to customers, distributors and retailers located in the western and eastern parts of the United States, thereby enabling us to reduce costs to customers or improve our margins while increasing customer satisfaction.
Expand our Internal Sales Capabilities. We will seek to strengthen our marketing efforts by hiring and incentivizing talented marketing professionals and sales personnel to increase our nationwide presence in the dealer, distributor, and retailer communities, along with the military of the United States.
Invest in our Infrastructure. We believe our success greatly depends on our ability to maintain our operating efficiencies. To assist in this effort, we will use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to expand and upgrade portions of our IT systems, including our online sales and distribution networks.
Expand Our Product Lines. We plan to expand our product lines by introducing new models of UTVs, ATVs and recreational vehicles that cater to different customer needs and preferences. This will include models with advanced features that will include remote diagnostics capabilities and electric lines of our UTVs. We will continue to follow consumer trends and consult with our suppliers and distributors to identify new products and product upgrades we will offer to customers and distributors. Where possible, such as with our Pontoon Boats, we will upgrade our offerings and add new accessories to increase our profit margins.
Expand and Diversify our Supplier Base. To enable us to further diversify our product offerings, drive down our product costs and reduce our supply chain risks and improve quality control, we will seek to establish relationships with new suppliers in countries building their manufacturing capacities as certain buyers seek to reduce their dependence on Chinese manufacturers. Should appropriate opportunities arise, we will seek to vertically integrate our production capabilities by acquiring a manufacturing facility or opening our own plant.
Increase our Personnel. We intend to look to augment our current personnel by adding additional employees with experience to increase sales of our current products, identify and launch new products and increase our operating efficiencies. This will also include hiring experienced engineers, product designers, and sales representatives who can help the company achieve its growth objectives.
Acquisitions and Consolidation: We will explore potential acquisitions and consolidation opportunities in the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry to expand our market share and gain access to new technologies and capabilities.

 

Controlled Company

 

A controlled company is a company in which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. We are a controlled company because Mr. Shan, our Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of the Board of Directors, holds more than 50% of our voting power, and we expect we will continue to be a controlled company upon completion of this offering.

 

Therefore, for so long as we remain a controlled company, we technically qualify and are eligible to be exempted from the obligation to comply with certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, however, we do not currently plan to take advantage of the exemptions provided to controlled companies, which include:

 

our Board of Directors is not required to be comprised of a majority of independent directors;
our Board of Directors is not subject to the compensation committee requirement; and
we are not subject to the requirements that director nominees be selected either by the independent directors or a nomination committee comprised solely of independent directors.

 

5
 

 

The controlled company exemptions do not apply to the audit committee requirement or the requirement for executive sessions of independent directors. We are required to disclose in our annual report that we are a controlled company and the basis for that determination. Although we do not currently plan to take advantage of the exemptions provided to controlled companies, we may in the future take advantage of such exemptions.

 

Summary of Significant Risks Affecting Our Company

 

Our business is subject to multiple risks and uncertainties, as more fully described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We urge you to read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 and this prospectus in full. Our significant risks may be summarized as follows:

We have a limited operating history on which to judge our performance and assess our prospects for future success.
Resources devoted to product innovation may not yield new products that achieve commercial success.
We rely on independent dealers and distributors to manage the retail distribution of many of our products.
We rely on third parties to manufacture many of the products we sell.
The majority of the products we purchase are manufactured by in China and their operations are subject to risks associated with business operations in China. Any disruption of these manufacturers to supply us with appropriately priced products on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our management team has no experience operating a company with publicly traded shares.
Economic conditions that impact consumer spending may have a material adverse effect on our business, and our partners’ business.
We currently maintain all our cash and cash equivalents with three financial institutions.
We face intense competition in all product lines, including from some competitors that have greater financial and marketing resources.
Any decline in the social acceptability of our products or any increased restrictions on the access or the use of the Company’s products in certain locations could materially adversely affect our business, results operations, or financial condition.
Our future expansion plans are subject to uncertainties and risks, and distribution centers we intend to open may not result in increased sales or efficiencies.
Our limited investment in R&D of new products may adversely affect our ability to enhance existing products and develop and market new products.
The inability of our dealers and distributors to secure adequate access to capital could materially adversely affect our business.
We depend upon the successful management of inventory levels, both ours and that of our dealers
There is no assurance there will not be disruptions to trade between China and the United States.
We may not be able to successfully maintain our strategy of relying upon offshore manufacturers.
Supply problems, termination or interruption of supply arrangements or increases in the cost of products could have a material adverse effect on our business.
The high cost of delivering our recreational boats may limit the geographic market for these products.
Higher fuel costs can materially adversely affect our business.
Changes in the credit markets could decrease the ability of consumers to purchase our products and have a material adverse effect on our business.
We may require additional capital which may not be available.
Our business depends on the continued contributions made by Mr. Shan, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.
Our business depends on the efforts of our management, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.
If we fail to develop and protect our brand names and reputation, we may not attract and retain new distributors and dealers, or customers.
We may be unable to protect our intellectual property or may incur substantial costs as a result of litigation or other proceedings relating to our intellectual property.
Significant product repair and/or replacement due to product warranty claims or product recalls could have a material adverse impact on our business.
The failure of our IT systems or a security breach involving consumer or employee personal data could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

 

 

6
 

 

 

Retail sales of our new products may be materially adversely affected by declining prices for used versions of our products or the supply of new products by competitors in excess of demand.
We are subject to laws, rules and regulations regarding product safety, health, environmental and noise pollution, and other issues.
If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities.
Our insurance may not be sufficient.
We have been in the past, and may be, in the future subject to several litigation proceedings relating to defective products that have caused property damage, physical injury, and death.
Our business requires us to pay licensing fees for each state that we operate in. We may not be able to justify the cost of compliance in a particular state or locality thus necessitating that we allow our license to expire.
We have not made use of confidentiality agreements in the past and, although we intend to rely on such agreements in future dealings with suppliers, employees, consultants, and other parties, the prior lack or the breach of such agreements could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our business could be materially harmed by epidemics, pandemics such as the coronavirus disease of 2019 (“COVID-19”), and other public health emergencies.
Natural disasters, unusually adverse weather, pandemic outbreaks, boycotts, and geo-political events could materially adversely affect our business.
Our ability, or lack thereof, to attract, recruit, and maintain talented sales representatives may adversely affect our business and our plans to expand our market.
Our ability, or lack thereof, to establish strategic partnerships and expand our distribution channels may adversely affect our business and our plans.
Policies of the United States granting farmers incentives may cease.
There is no existing market for our securities, and we do not know if one will develop.
The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
We have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.
Our founder and principal shareholder have substantial influence over our Company.
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and may experience additional dilution in the future.

 

7
 

 

 

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and will be required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.
Changes to estimates related to our property, fixtures and equipment or operating results that are lower than our current estimates may cause us to incur impairment charges on certain long-lived assets, which may adversely affect our results of operations.
As an “emerging growth company” under applicable law, we will be subject to lessened disclosure requirements, which could leave our stockholders with less information or fewer rights available to stockholders of more mature companies.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.
Anti-takeover provisions in our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and Nevada law could discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.
Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
Our Bylaws provide that the Second Judicial District Court of Washoe County of the State of Nevada is the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and may take advantage of reduced public reporting requirements. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our filings with the SEC;
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our shares pursuant to this offering. However, if certain events occur before the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large, accelerated filer,” if our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or if we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company before the end of such five-year period.

 

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period and acknowledge such election is irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

 

Impact of COVID-19

 

In December 2019, COVID-19 was first reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. COVID-19 spread rapidly to many parts of the PRC and other parts of the world in the first half of 2020, which caused significant volatility in the domestic and international markets. The COVID-19 pandemic adversely affected many aspects of our business, including the expansion of our customer base and the introduction of new product offerings. We temporarily closed our offices and production facilities partially in March 2020, as required by relevant local authorities. Our offices reopened in April 2020 upon approval from the local governments. Due to the extended lock-down and self-quarantine policies in Dallas, Texas, we experienced a business disruption during the lock-down period from early March to June 2020. In July 2020, due to the effective containment of COVID-19 in the United States, we resumed our full operation. Then, due to the lockdown in China, where most of our suppliers are, our stock supply was disrupted from May to July 2022. Our ability to re-supply our inventory resumed in August 2022. We estimate that we lost about $1.5 million of sales as a result of this supply disruption. However, the COVID-19 pandemic did not have a material net impact on the Company’s financial positions and operating results, and our revenue reached (i) approximately $86 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, representing an increase of approximately $4 million or 5% from approximately $82 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and (ii) approximately $75 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, representing an increase of approximately $13 million or 23% from approximately $62 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

 

 

8
 

 

 

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us  

[      ]      shares

     
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering  

[     ] shares (or [       ] shares if the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

     
Over-allotment option  

We have granted the Underwriters a 45 day option to purchase up to an additional [       ] shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price to cover over-allotments, if any (the “Overallotment Option”).

     
Use of proceeds   We intend to use the proceeds from this Offering for (i) business expansion, (ii) technological innovation, (iii) enhancing warehousing and distribution capacities, (iv) recruitment of talent personnel, and (v) general working capital. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 38 of this Prospectus for more information.
     
Concentration of ownership  

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately [     ]% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. 

     
Underwriters  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC and Craft Capital Management, LLC.

     
Proposed Nasdaq symbol   MAMO
     
Risk factors  

Investing in our common stock is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of the factors you should consider carefully before you decide to invest in our common stock. 

     

Lock-up period

  180 days
     

Transfer agent

  Transhare Corporation
     
Payment and settlement   The Underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company on [       ], 2023

 

All information in this prospectus assumes the Underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and excludes the following:

 

[           ] shares of our common stock (which is equal to [          ] % of our issued and outstanding common stock immediately after the consummation this offering) reserved for future issuance under our 20[      ] Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective as of the closing of this offering.

 

9
 

 

 

Summary Selected Financial Information

 

The following summary selected financial data as of and for the period ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary selected financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and have been derived from our audited financial statements included in this prospectus. The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

   As of September 30,   As of December 31, 
  

2023

  

2022

 
   (Unaudited)   (Audited) 
ASSETS          
CURRENT ASSETS          
Cash  $1,158,042   $947,971 
Accounts receivable, net   8,160,828    6,831,731 
Inventories   23,799,107    23,762,950 
Advance to suppliers   3,107,992    2,977,412 
Other current assets   889,536    71,139 
Total current assets   37,115,505    34,591,203 
           
NON-CURRENT ASSETS          
Property and equipment at cost, net of accumulated depreciation   373,659    414,554 
Right of use operating lease assets, net   1,754,857    1,340,053 
Right of use financing lease assets, net   123,929    94,857 
Deferred offering assets   1,150,945    421,789 
Deferred tax assets   65,158    - 
Total non-current assets   3,468,548    2,271,253 
TOTAL ASSETS  $40,584,053   $36,862,456 
           
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Short-term loans  $4,000,000   $5,600,000 
Accounts payable   10,804,304    11,111,624 
Other payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities   247,526    402,056 
Accrued return liabilities   215,221    556,538 
Accrued warranty liabilities   466,399    260,531 
Advances from customers   1,154,210    696,274 
Current portion of obligations under operating leases   1,011,705    750,719 
Current portion of obligations under financing leases   41,217    27,559 
Due to shareholder   9,601,468    10,984,344 
Subscription deposits   -    600,000 
Due to related parties   541,127    142,427 
Income tax payable   1,237,709    - 
Total current liabilities   29,320,886    31,132,072 
           
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Obligations under operating leases, non-current   743,152    589,334 
Obligations under financing leases, non-current   87,598    70,310 
Total non-current liabilities   830,750    659,644 
TOTAL LIABILITIES  $30,151,636   $31,791,716 
           
Commitments and Contingencies          

 

   As of September 30,   As of December 31, 
  

2023

  

2022

 
   (Unaudited)   (Audited) 
EQUITY          
Common shares, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 40,000,000 and 40,000,000 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively*  $40,000   $40,000 
Preferred share, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 preferred shares authorized, no shares were issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively*  $-   $- 
Subscription receivable   (1,052,159)   (2,034,000)
           
Additional paid-in-capital   1,994,000    1,994,000 
Retained Earnings   9,450,576    5,070,740 
Total equity   10,432,417    5,070,740 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY  $40,584,053   $36,862,456 

 

* Retroactively restated for effect of the reorganization

 

 

10
 

 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHESIVE INCOME

 

   Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended 
   September 30,   September 30, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
                 
Revenues  $29,907,697   $20,759,684   $75,483,811   $61,572,677 
Cost of revenues   19,850,258    15,912,295    51,706,682    46,195,092 
Gross profit   10,057,439    4,847,389    23,777,129    15,377,585 
                     
Operating expenses:                    
Selling expense   2,104,505    2,102,360    6,541,244    5,405,908 
General and administrative   2,716,733    2,172,192    9,038,488    5,839,633 
Total operating expenses   4,821,238    4,274,552    15,579,732    11,245,541 
                     
Income from operations   5,236,201    572,837    8,197,397    4,132,044 
                     
Other income (expense):                    
Other income, net   41,133    231,036    113,001    353,104 
Interest expense   (213,901)   (162,427)   (494,011)   (378,235)
Total other income (expense), net   (172,768)   68,609    (381,010)   (25,131)
                     
Income before income taxes   5,063,433    641,446    7,816,387    4,106,913 
                     
Provision for income taxes   1,174,560    -    1,236,551    - 
                     
Net income and comprehensive income  $3,888,873   $641,446   $6,579,836   $4,106,913 
                     
Pro Forma information as a C Corporation upon Reorganization                    
Income before income taxes  $5,063,433   $641,446   $7,816,387   $4,106,913 
                     
Provision for income taxes   1,174,560    134,704    1,236,551    862,452 
                     
Net income and comprehensive income  $3,888,873   $506,742   $6,579,836   $3,244,461 
                     
Earnings per Share – basic and diluted  $0.10   $0.01   $0.16   $0.08 
Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted*  $0.10   $0.01   $0.16   $0.08 

 

* Retroactively restated for effect of the reorganization

 

 

11
 

 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

   As of December 31,   As of December 31, 
   2022   2021 
ASSETS          
CURRENT ASSETS          
Cash  $947,971   $1,288,854 
Accounts receivable, net   6,831,731    7,829,463 
Inventories   23,762,950    22,317,402 
Advance to suppliers   2,977,412    2,347,023 
Other current assets   71,139    49,022 
Total current assets   34,591,203    33,831,764 
           
NON-CURRENT ASSETS          
Property and equipment at cost, net of accumulated depreciation   414,554    363,410 
Right of use operating lease assets, net   1,340,053    1,783,365 
Right of use financing lease assets, net   94,857    134,071 
Deferred offering assets   421,789    - 
Total non-current assets   2,271,253    2,280,846 
TOTAL ASSETS  $36,862,456   $36,112,610 
           
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Short-term loans  $5,600,000    4,000,000 
Accounts payable   11,111,624    12,262,603 
Other payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities   402,056    295,626 
Accrued return liabilities   556,538    1,510,640 
Accrued warranty liabilities   260,531    280,808 
Advances from customers   696,274    1,333,481 
Current portion of obligations under operating leases   750,719    675,947 
Current portion of obligations under financing leases   27,559    38,488 
Due to shareholder   10,984,344    1,484,426 
Subscription deposits   600,000    - 
Due to related parties   142,427    116,177 
Total current liabilities   31,132,072    21,998,196 
           
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Obligations under operating leases, non-current   589,334    1,107,418 
Obligations under financing leases, non-current   70,310    97,869 
Total non-current liabilities   659,644    1,205,287 
TOTAL LIABILITIES  $31,791,716   $23,203,483 
           
Commitments and Contingencies          
           
EQUITY          
Common shares, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 40,000,000 and 40,000,000 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively*   40,000    40,000 
Preferred shares, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 preferred shares authorized, no shares were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively*   -    - 
Subscription receivable   (2,034,000)   (2,034,000)
Additional paid-in capital   1,994,000    1,994,000 
Retained earnings   5,070,740    12,909,127 
Total equity   5,070,740    12,909,127 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY  $36,862,456   $36,112,610 

 

* Retroactively restated for effect of the Reorganization.

 

 

12
 

 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHESIVE INCOME

 

  

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 
   2022   2021 
         
Revenues  $86,527,534   $82,567,816 
Cost of revenues   64,323,858    65,526,818 
Gross Profit   22,203,676    17,040,998 
           
Operating expenses:          
Selling expense   8,670,176    6,095,479 
General and administrative   8,928,493    6,572,729 
Total operating expenses   17,598,669    12,668,208 
           
Income from operations   4,605,007    4,372,790 
           
Other income (expense):          
Other income, net   384,622    799,977 
Interest expense   (828,016)   (454,066)
Total other income (expense), net   (443,394)   345,911 
           
Income before income taxes   4,161,613    4,718,701 
           
Provision for income taxes   -    - 
           
Net income and comprehensive income  $4,161,613   $4,718,701 
           
Pro Forma information as a C Corporation upon Reorganization          
Income before income taxes   4,161,613    4,718,701 
           
Provision for income taxes (pro forma)   (873,939)   (990,927)
           
Net income and comprehensive income (pro forma)  $3,287,674   $3,727,774 
           
Earnings per share – basic and diluted (pro forma)  $0.08   $0.09 
Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding – basic and diluted*   40,000,000    40,000,000 

 

* Retroactively restated for effect of the Reorganization.

 

13
 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Any investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, which we believe represent certain of the material risks to our business, together with the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, before you decide to invest in our shares of common stock. Please note that the risks highlighted here are not the only ones that we may face. For example, additional risks presently unknown to us or that we currently consider immaterial or unlikely to occur could also impair our operations. If any of the following events occur or any additional risks presently unknown to us actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business, Strategy, and Industry

 

We have a limited operating history on which to judge our performance and assess our prospects for future success.

 

In 2017, we entered the market and began distributing recreational vehicles, including UTVs and ATVs. In 2020, we began to distribute pontoon and triton boats and, more recently, we began to distribute accessories. Consequently, we have a limited operating history on which to evaluate our prospects and those of our products. We may fail to continue our growth. You should not consider our historical growth and expansion of our business as indicative of our ability to grow in the future.

 

Economic conditions that impact consumer spending may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Our products compete with a variety of other recreational products and activities for consumers’ discretionary income and leisure time. Our results of operations are therefore sensitive to changes in overall economic conditions, primarily in North America, that impact consumer spending and particularly discretionary spending. Weakening of, and fluctuations in, economic conditions affecting disposable consumer income such as personal income levels, the availability of consumer credit, employment levels, consumer confidence, business conditions, changes in housing market conditions, capital markets, tax rates, savings rates, interest rates, fuel and energy costs, as well as the impacts of natural disasters, extreme weather conditions, acts of terrorism or other similar events could reduce consumer spending generally or discretionary spending in particular. Such reductions could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Worldwide economic conditions continue to be challenging as economies recover from the effects of the COVID-19 global pandemic. Demand for our products has been significantly influenced by weak economic conditions and increased market volatility worldwide. Any deterioration in general economic conditions that further diminishes consumer confidence or discretionary income may further reduce our sales and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. We cannot predict the timing or strength of economic recovery, either worldwide or in the specific markets where we compete.

 

14
 

 

We currently maintain all our cash and cash equivalents with three financial institutions, and, therefore, our cash and cash equivalents could be adversely affected if the financial institutions in which we hold our cash and cash equivalents fails.

 

We currently maintain all our cash and cash equivalents with three financial institutions. At the current time, our cash balance with such financial institutions is in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance (“FDIC Insurance”) limit and, therefore, we may not be able to recover a substantial portion of these cash and cash equivalents, in the event of the failure of any such financial institutions. As a result of the recent inability of certain businesses with accounts at Silicon Valley Bank to gain access to their deposits and the greater focus on the concerns of potential failures of other financial institutions in the future, we are currently diversifying our investments by transferring cash not required for immediate use into short-term treasury bills and also considering transferring a portion of our cash and cash equivalents to other financial institutions in order to reduce the risks associated with maintaining all of our cash and cash equivalents at three financial institutions. Additionally, we are working with our current financial institutions to increase the amount of funds held there that are insured by FDIC Insurance. Notwithstanding these efforts, the failure of one or more of the financial institutions in which our cash and cash equivalents are held, the resulting inability for us to obtain the return of our funds from any of those financial institutions, or any other adverse condition suffered by any of those financial institutions, could impact access to our invested cash or cash equivalents and could adversely impact our operating liquidity and financial performance.

 

We face intense competition in all product lines, including from some competitors that have greater financial and marketing resources. Failure to compete effectively against competitors could materially adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

The Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry is highly competitive. Competition in such markets is based upon several factors, including price, quality, reliability, styling, product features and warranties. At the dealer level, competition is based on several factors including sales and marketing support programs (such as financing joint advertising programs and cooperative advertising). Certain of our competitors are more diversified and have financial and marketing resources which are substantially greater than ours, which allow these competitors to invest more heavily in intellectual property, product development, and sales and marketing support. If we are not able to compete with new products, product features or models comparable to or superior to those of our competitors, or attract new dealers, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

We are subject to competitive pricing. Such pricing pressure may limit our ability to maintain prices or to increase prices for our products in response to raw material, component and other cost increases and so negatively affect our profit margins.

 

Any decline in the social acceptability of our products or any increased restrictions on the access or the use of the Company’s products in certain locations could materially adversely affect our business, results operations, or financial condition.

 

Demand for our products depends in part on their social acceptability. Public concerns about the environmental impact of our products or their perceived safety could result in diminished social acceptance. Circumstances outside the Company’s control, such as social actions to reduce the use of fossil fuels, could also negatively impact consumers’ perceptions of our products. Any decline in the social acceptability of our products could negatively impact their sales or lead to changes in laws, rules and regulations that prevent their access to certain locations, including trails and lakes, or restrict their use or manner of use in certain areas or during certain times. Additionally, while we have implemented various initiatives to address these risks, including the improvement of the environmental footprint and safety of our products, there can be no assurance that the perceptions of customers will not change. Consumers’ attitudes towards our products and the activities in which they are used also affect demand. Any failure to maintain the social acceptability of our products could impact our ability to retain existing customers and attract new ones which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

15
 

 

Our future expansion plans are subject to uncertainties and risks, and distribution centers we intend to open may not result in sufficient increased sales of our products or the anticipated efficiencies.

 

We intend to seek to expand our operations by opening additional distribution centers in the United States and distributing new products. Our management will devote substantial time and resources to equipping and opening our new distribution centers which may distract them from our current business. We must also devote substantial time and resources any time we introduce a new product. There is no assurance that any new product we introduce will be successful and that we will recoup the amounts expended to introduce such product to our customers and distributors. If our new distribution centers are not operated efficiently or new products we introduce do not gain consumer acceptance, our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to open new distribution centers in California and the Southeast of the United States. Opening these facilities should reduce the costs of delivering our products, particularly our UTVs and ATVs, to dealers, distributors, and customers, and should increase our ability to sharply respond to the needs of our customers for spare parts and equipment. However, there is no assurance that opening these facilities will increase our sales and will not have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

Our limited investment in R&D of new products may adversely affect our ability to enhance existing products and develop and market new products that respond to customer needs and preferences and achieve market acceptance.

 

We continually review consumer demand for our products and canvass our suppliers and distributors regarding products we might distribute. We, however, devote limited amounts to researching consumer demand and developing new product lines. Thus, we may not be able to compete effectively with those of our competitors that continually seek to develop new products and innovations to enhance consumer appeal. Product development requires significant financial, technological, and other resources and without significant investment in product development, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully compete in the marketplace. The new products of our competitors may beat our products to market, be more effective with more features and be less expensive than our products, thus obtaining better market acceptance or rendering our products obsolete.

 

Any new products that our suppliers develop may not receive market acceptance or otherwise generate any meaningful sales or profits for us. Our suppliers may choose not to maintain or increase the level of their investments in manufacturing capacity and product R&D or to fund advertising, marketing, promotional programs necessary to enhance the customer appeal of their products or their manufacturing efficiencies. The sales of new products generally decline over the products’ life cycle, with sales being higher early in the life cycle of the new products and decreasing over time as the new products age. We cannot predict the length of the life cycle for any new products we choose to distribute. Any failure by us and our suppliers to enhance existing products and develop and market new products that respond to customer needs and preferences and achieve market acceptance could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Even if we can successfully introduce enhanced existing products and new products in collaboration with suppliers, there is no guarantee that the markets for these products will progress as anticipated. If any of the markets in which our products compete do not develop as expected, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

16
 

 

Resources devoted to product innovation may not yield new products that achieve commercial success.

 

Our ability to develop new and innovative products or identify and acquire new and innovative products from third-party manufacturers, depends on, among other factors, our ability to understand evolving market trends and translate our insights into identifying, and then designing and manufacturing or otherwise obtaining, commercially successful new products. If we are unable to do so, our relationships with our distributors and dealers and product sales could be harmed significantly. The recreation industry is characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for products. Our failure to accurately predict these trends could harm our relationships and cause us to fail to increase our revenues.

 

We rely on independent dealers and distributors to manage the retail distribution of many of our products.

 

We depend on the capability of independent dealers and distributors to develop and implement effective retail sales plans to create demand among retail purchasers for many of our products. If these independent dealers and distributors are not successful in these endeavors, we will be unable to maintain or increase our sales. Independent dealers and distributors may experience difficulty in funding their day-to-day cash flow needs and paying their obligations resulting from adverse business conditions, including weakened consumer spending or tightened credit. Inability to fund operations can force dealers and distributors to cease business, and we may not be able to obtain alternate distribution in the vacated market, which could negatively impact our sales through reduced market presence or inadequate market coverage. If a dealer or distributor defaults under any floorplan financing arrangements, we may be required to repurchase such dealer’s or distributor’s inventory. SeeThe inability of dealers and distributors to secure adequate access to capital could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.” In some cases, we may seek to terminate relationships with certain dealers or distributors, leading to a reduction in the number of dealers or distributors which carry our products. Being forced to liquidate a former dealer’s or distributor’s inventory of our products could add downward pressure on such products’ prices. Further, the unplanned loss of any independent dealers or distributors may create negative impressions of us or our products with retail customers and have a material adverse impact on our ability to collect wholesale receivables that are associated with that dealer or distributor. Also, if our dealer and distributor base were to consolidate, competition for the business of fewer dealers and distributors would intensify. If we do not provide product offerings at prices that meet the needs of dealers and distributors, or if we lose a substantial amount of our dealer and distributor base, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Additionally, if we are unable to optimize or expand our dealer network in North America, part of our growth strategy will be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We sell a majority of our products through distribution and dealer agreements. In general, distributors that are party to such agreements are contractually obligated to offer our products on an exclusive basis. In contrast, the dealers through which we sell our products also carry competing products. Occasionally, we may rely on dealers to service and repair our products. There can be no assurance that dealers will provide high quality repair services to our customers. If dealers fail to provide quality service to our customers, our brand identity and reputation may be damaged, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

17
 

 

The inability of our dealers and distributors to secure adequate access to capital could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Our dealers and distributors require adequate liquidity to finance their operations and to purchase our products. Dealers and distributors are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that could unfavorably affect their liquidity, including, among other things, continued access to adequate financing on a timely basis and on reasonable terms. We currently have agreements in place with two financing companies to provide inventory financing to dealers and distributors to facilitate their purchase of our products. These sources of financing are instrumental in our ability to sell products through our distribution network, as a significant percentage of our sales are done under such arrangements. Our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected if a decline in financing availability to its dealers and distributors occurs, or if financing terms change unfavorably. This could require us to find alternative sources of financing, including providing this financing directly to dealers and distributors, which could require additional capital to fund the associated receivables.

 

We depend on dealers, suppliers, financing sources and other strategic partners who may be sensitive to economic conditions that could affect their businesses, results of operations or financial condition in a manner that materially adversely affects their relationship with us.

 

We distribute products through numerous dealers and distributors. Therefore, we rely on third-party providers for the warehousing and distribution of our products and for IT services. Also, we have relationships with a limited number of sources of product financing for dealers and consumers. Therefore, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected if a deterioration of economic or business conditions results in a weakening of the financial condition of a material number of our dealers and distributors, suppliers, or financing sources or if uncertainty about the economy or the demand for our products causes these business partners to voluntarily or involuntarily reduce or terminate their relationship with us.

 

We depend upon the successful management of inventory levels, both ours and that of our dealers, and any failure to successfully manage inventory levels could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We must maintain sufficient inventory levels to operate our business successfully. However, we must also guard against accumulating excess inventory as we seek to minimize out-of-stock levels across all product categories and to maintain appropriate in-stock levels. The nature of certain of our product lines, including our ATV, UTV, and recreational boat product lines, requires us to purchase or manufacture products well in advance of the time they will be offered for sale. As a result, we may experience difficulty in responding to a changing retail environment, which may lead to excess inventory or to inventory shortages if supply does not meet demand. In addition, sales for many product lines are managed through long-term purchase commitments. We plan our inventory levels on an annual basis including planning for the introduction of new products based on anticipated demand, as determined by our market assessment based in part on communications with our dealers and other customers. If we do not accurately anticipate future demand for a particular product or the time it will take to obtain new inventory, our inventory levels will not be appropriate and our results of operations may be negatively impacted, either through lost sales or through lower gross profit margins due to greater than anticipated discounts and markdowns that might be necessary to reduce inventory levels. Any failure by us to maintain appropriate inventory levels could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

18
 

 

Additionally, we must work with our dealers and distributors to ensure that they maintain appropriate inventory levels. If our dealers and distributors maintain insufficient inventory, it could result in lost sales. If they place additional orders for our products as sales materialize, we and our suppliers might be unable to respond rapidly to these demands resulting in lost sales. Conversely, if our dealers and distributors have excess inventory levels, it could result in lower gross profit margins due to demands on us to offer greater than anticipated discounts and markdowns. Thus, any failure by our dealers to maintain appropriate inventory levels could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We rely on third parties to manufacture many of the products we sell.

 

We depend on third party suppliers to manufacture many of the products we sell, in particular, ATVs and UTVs, as opposed to our recreational boats which we manufacture in our Dallas facility. Approximately, 58% of our purchases in 2022 and 61% of our purchases in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 were made from two suppliers, and, as of both September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, one supplier accounted for more than 30% of the Company’s total accounts payable respectively. Competition for the output of these suppliers is intense. If these independent suppliers were unwilling or unable to supply us with products at prices which enable us to maintain our gross margins, it would materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Although we are looking to broaden our supplier base and to reduce our dependence upon a limited number of suppliers, there is no assurance we will be able to do so and increasing the number of suppliers from which we purchase products may increase our costs.

 

We rely on freights to ship the products that we purchase from our suppliers based in China to our facility in Dallas, Texas and as such, we may face risks related to overseas freights cost fluctuation.

 

We have supply agreements with approximately 13 suppliers, one of which are based in the U.S. and 12 of which are based in China. Approximately 68% of the products we purchased in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, based on cost, were purchased from three suppliers in China of which 59% was purchased from a single supplier located in Shanghai, China. Approximately 66% of the products we purchased in 2022, based on cost, were purchased from three suppliers in China of which 45% was purchased from a single supplier located in Shanghai, China. Due to the supply chain crisis in the years 2021 and 2022, the cost of our oversea freights increased significantly to double or even triple what it had been in the years 2020 and 2019. To offset these price increases, we increased the selling prices for the majority of our products. Since 2023, the cost of overseas freights has decreased substantially, though it still exceeds the cost prior to the supply chain crises. Although we are looking to broaden our supplier base outside of China to reduce our dependence upon Chinese-based suppliers in general, there is no assurance we will be able to broaden our supplier base outside of China or that we will be able to raise our prices to offset increased freight cost in the future.

 

The majority of the products we purchase are manufactured by suppliers in China and their operations are subject to risks associated with business operations in China. Any disruption in the ability of these manufacturers to supply us with appropriately priced products on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We have supply agreements with approximately 13 suppliers, one of which are based in the U.S. and 12 of which are based in China. Approximately 68% of the products we purchased in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, based on cost, were purchased from three suppliers in China of which 59% was purchased from a single supplier located in Shanghai, China. Approximately 66% of the products we purchased in 2022, based on cost, were purchased from three suppliers in China of which 45% was purchased from a single supplier located in Shanghai, China. Although we are looking to broaden our supplier base outside of China to reduce our dependence upon Chinese based suppliers in general, there is no assurance we will be able to broaden our supplier base outside of China.

 

The Chinese government may intervene or influence the operations of any business located in China or the industry in which a business operates at any time, which could result in a material change to the operations of any or all our suppliers based in China. For example, the Chinese government recently published new policies that significantly affected certain industries such as the education and internet industries, and we cannot rule out the possibility that it will release regulations or policies that could adversely affect the business, financial condition, and results of operations of our Chinese suppliers.

 

China has been subject to political instability and dramatic changes in economic policies. The Chinese economy is in a transition from a planned economy to a market-oriented economy subject to five-year and annual plans adopted by the central government that set national economic development goals. Policies of the Chinese government can have significant effects on the economic conditions of China. The Chinese government has confirmed that economic development will follow the model of a market economy. Under this direction, we believe that China will continue to strengthen its economic and trading relationships with foreign countries and business development in China will follow market forces. While we believe that this trend will continue, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. Changes in policies, regulations, rules, and the enforcement of laws by the Chinese government, may produce quick shifts in policy with little advance notice that could adversely affect our interests by interfering with the operations of our Chinese based suppliers. Although the Chinese government has been pursuing economic reform policies for more than two decades, we cannot assure you that the government will continue to pursue such policies or that such policies may not be significantly altered, especially in the event of a change in leadership, social or political disruption, or other circumstances affecting China’s political, economic, and social environment.

 

As a majority of our products are manufactured by suppliers in China, and the Company only registers its patents in the U.S., our products may be subject to scrutiny during manufacturing in China.

 

Our patents applied to our products manufactured in China are only registered in the U.S., and we are not sure whether there are any similar technologies that are registered patents in China by other companies. Based on the relevant PRC laws, it is legal to build and assemble certain products within the territory of China without due registration of the intellectual property rights, as long as the products will not be disseminated in Chinese market. However, our products are manufactured by our suppliers in China, and we may not be able to efficiently regulate them not to apply our technologies on other products they manufactured. Therefore, there is a risk that our suppliers may be found in infringement of other companies’ intellectual property rights and therefore, their business operations may be halted, which in turn affect our normal supplying system.

 

We have suppliers based in Taiwan and the imports that we receive from Taiwan may be subject to certain risks of economic and policy changes in China that could adversely affect our business operations.

 

We also import our products from Taiwan. The sovereignty of Taiwan is a longstanding point of contention between China and the United States. The United States maintains unofficial relations with Taiwan, while also recognizing the “One China” policy of China, which acknowledges Beijing as the legitimate government of China. Both China and the United States have engaged in military posturing around the Taiwan Strait. This increases the risk of accidental clashes or misunderstandings that could escalate into conflict, which will affect both our China-mainland-based and Taiwan-based suppliers.

 

19
 

 

Our major supplier is a state-owned entity in China.

 

During 2022 and the first nine months ended September 30, 2023, we purchased a majority of our products from Linhai Powersports USA Corporation (“Linhai Powersports”), which is a state-owned entity (“SOE”) in China. A SOE is a legal entity that is established by the Chinese government to participate in commercial activities on the government’s behalf. As a SOE, Linhai Powersports is subject to the authority, direction, and mandates of the Chinese government, which may be influenced to a significant degree by the political, economic, and social conditions in China. The Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industries within China by imposing industrial policies, providing subsidies, and heavily regulating or prohibiting unwanted activities. There is no assurance the Chinese government will not interfere with the operations of Linhai Powersports or any of our other suppliers. In addition, the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate adjustments, to control the pace of economic growth in China. These measures, or other economic, political, or social developments in China may affect our China-based suppliers, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

There is no assurance there will not be disruptions to trade between China and the United States

 

In the recent past, the governments of the United States and China have each imposed tariffs on certain products and taken other actions that have had an adverse impact on trade between the two countries. There is no assurance that either of these governments will not take similar actions in the future which limit the number of products we may acquire from suppliers based in China or increase the cost of such products. Any such action could limit our sales or decrease our margins, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We may not be able to successfully maintain our strategy of relying upon offshore manufacturers.

 

We continually aim to lower operational costs, increase operational efficiencies and lower costs of acquiring inventory. We believe that reliance upon flexible offshore low-cost product manufacturers mainly based in China is a key element to enable improvements in our ability to respond to customers in a cost-effective manner. Our success in implementing this strategic plan is dependent on the involvement of management, production employees, suppliers, and the stability of China economically and politically. Any inability to achieve this priority could materially adversely impact our business, results of operations or financial condition by disrupting our ability to deliver appropriately priced products to customers at the right time. Any disruption to anticipated levels of productivity and operational efficiencies in the operations of the manufacturers from which we purchase products could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Supply problems, termination or interruption of supply arrangements or increases in the cost of products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Because we rely upon overseas manufacturers for many of our products, we are particularly susceptible to disruptions in our supply chain. We cannot be certain that we will not experience supply problems, such as the untimely delivery of, or defects or variations in, completed products or parts or components of our products. We obtain a portion of our products from either a sole supplier or a limited number of suppliers, mostly based in China. If these supply arrangements were terminated or interrupted for any reason, we could have difficulty establishing substitute supply arrangements on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms. For example, due to the city lockdown in China where most of our suppliers are, our stock supply was disrupted from May to July 2022. Our ability to re-supply our inventory resumed in August 2022, but we estimate that we lost about $1.5 million of sales as a result of this supply disruption. Problems with our supplies or supply arrangements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. This situation could be further aggravated if we are overly dependent on a few key suppliers. Moreover, our profitability could be affected by significant fluctuations in the prices of the raw materials, parts, and components that our suppliers purchase to manufacture products. While our business has been impacted by rising inflation, our management does not believe that it has had a material negative impact on our business and results of operations. In recent years, our China-based suppliers have increased the cost of their products as a result of inflation. However, these increases have thus far been offset by the exchange rate fluctuation of the Chinese RMB, which has resulted in there being no material change to our costs. We may not be able to pass along price increases in raw materials, parts, or components to customers. As a result, an increase in the cost of the raw materials, parts, and components our suppliers use in the manufacture of our products could reduce our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

20
 

 

The high cost of delivering our recreational boats may limit the geographic market for these products.

 

The cost of delivering a Pontoon Boat is substantial relative to its purchase price. Consequently, many purchasers of our pontoons arrange to pick up their boats at our facility in Dallas and it may be difficult to sell to reach customers located at substantial distances from our facilities. This may limit our ability to increase sales of our pontoons without opening new manufacturing facilities.

 

Higher fuel costs can materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Higher fuel costs increase the transportation cost both of acquiring our inventory and shipping products to customers. Increases in energy costs can also adversely affect the pricing and availability of petroleum based raw materials. There is no guarantee that we will be able to pass such higher costs to customers, and so an increase in such costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Also, higher fuel costs, whether petroleum based or electric, increase the cost of owning and operating many of our products, which can reduce demand for them and so materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Changes in the credit markets could decrease the ability of consumers to purchase our products and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Changes in economic conditions could result in a deterioration or increased volatility in the credit and lending markets, which could adversely impact the consumers who purchase our products and rely upon financing for such purchases. If financing is not available to consumers or dealers on satisfactory terms, it is possible that our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In addition, concerns regarding the debt ceiling of the United States and budget deficit resulting in the downgrade of the United States government’s credit rating and the impact of additional credit agency downgrades could have a material adverse effect on worldwide economic conditions, the financial markets, and the availability of credit and, consequently, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We may require additional capital which may not be available.

 

We will require significant expenditures to fund future growth. We intend to fund our growth out of the proceeds of this offering and internal sources of liquidity or through additional financing from external sources. Our ability to obtain external financing in the future at a reasonable cost is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and the condition of the global and domestic financial markets.

 

If we require additional funds and cannot obtain them on acceptable terms when required or at all, we may be unable to fulfill our working capital needs, upgrade our existing facilities or expand our business and may have to reduce the level of our operations. These factors may also prevent us from entering into transactions that would otherwise benefit our business or implementing our future strategies. Any debt financing that we undertake may be expensive and might impose covenants that restrict our operations and strategic initiatives, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our capital stock, make investments and engage in mergers, consolidations, and asset sale transactions. Equity financing may be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our shareholders, and the prices at which new investors would be willing to purchase our equity securities may be lower than the trading prices of such equities. If new sources of financing are required, but are unattractive, insufficient, or unavailable, then we could be required to modify our business plans or growth strategy which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

21
 

 

Our business depends on the continued contributions made by Mr. David Shan, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of his services may result in a severe impediment to our business.

 

Our success is dependent upon the continued contributions made by our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. David Shan. If Mr. Shan cannot serve the Company or is no longer willing to do so, the Company may not be able to find alternatives in a timely manner or at all. This would likely result in severe damage to our business operations and would have an adverse material impact on our financial position and operational results.

 

Our business depends on the efforts of our management, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

 

In addition to Mr. Shan, we currently depend on the continued services and performance of key members of our management team. Many of our senior executives have extensive experience in our industries and with our business, products, distributors and dealers, and the markets for our products. The loss of the technical knowledge, management expertise and knowledge of our operations possessed by one or more members of the core management team could result in a diversion of management resources, as the remaining members of management would need to cover the duties of any senior executive who leaves us and would need to spend time usually reserved for managing our business to search for, hire and train new members of management. The loss of some or all our senior executives could negatively affect our ability to develop and pursue our business strategy, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. We do not maintain “Key Employee” insurance on any members of our management team.

 

In addition, our success depends to a large extent upon our ability to retain skilled employees at rates which enable us to maintain our margins. There is intense competition for qualified and skilled employees, and our failure to recruit, train and retain such employees at appropriate rates of compensation, if at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Our management team has no experience operating a company with publicly traded shares.

 

Mr. David Shan, our founder and principal shareholder, relocated to the United States from China in 1995. Mr. Shan and the members of our senior management team have never operated a company with shares traded in the public markets and consequently, is not familiar with many of the requirements applicable to a public company with shares listed on Nasdaq. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure compliance with these requirements and we anticipate that we may need to rely upon outside advisors, counsel, and consultants to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations and undertaking various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures. We anticipate that compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs substantially.

 

22
 

 

If we fail to develop and protect our brand names and reputation, we may not attract and retain new distributors and dealers, or customers, which could adversely affect our revenues and financial performance.

 

We will invest significant resources to promote our brand names to obtain favorable recognition for us and our products among the public and, in particular, prospective distributors and dealers. We may not be able to attract and retain a robust network of distributors and dealers or a significant customer base, which could in turn adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Our ability to adequately protect our trade names, trademarks and patents could have an impact on our brand images, reputation, and ability to penetrate new markets.

 

We believe that our trade names and trademarks and patents are important assets and an essential element of our strategy. We have applied for the registration of many of our trade names, trademarks, and patents in the United States. Some of these applications have been granted and some of these registrations are currently pending approval from the corresponding departments. There can be no assurance that we will obtain such registrations or that the registrations we obtain will prevent the imitation of our products or infringement of our intellectual property rights by others. Our failure to successfully protect our trademarks could diminish the value and effectiveness of our past and future marketing efforts and could cause customer confusion. This could in turn adversely affect our revenues, profitability, and the market price of our common stock.

 

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property or may incur substantial costs because of litigation or other proceedings relating to the protection of our intellectual property.

 

Our success depends in part on our ability to protect our patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, and other intellectual property from unauthorized use by others. If substantial unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights occurs, we may incur significant costs in enforcing such rights by prosecuting actions for infringement, particularly considering that policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property may be particularly difficult outside North America. Such unauthorized use could also result in diversion of management resources devoting attention to these matters at the expense of other tasks related to our business. Others may also initiate litigation to challenge the validity of our intellectual property, or allege that we are infringing their intellectual property. If our competitors initiate litigation to challenge the validity of our intellectual property, or allege that we infringe theirs, we may incur substantial costs to defend our rights. If the outcome of any such litigation is unfavorable, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected. We cannot be sure that any patents we have obtained or may obtain, or other protections such as confidentiality and trade secrets, will be adequate to prevent imitation of our products and technology by others. If we are unable to protect our technology through the enforcement of our intellectual property, our ability to compete based on technological advantages may be harmed. If we fail to prevent substantial unauthorized use of our intellectual property, we risk the loss of certain competitive advantages, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Some of our competitors have significantly more resources to direct toward developing and patenting new technologies. It is possible that our competitors will develop patent equivalent or superior engine technologies and other products that compete with our products. They may assert these patents against us and we may be required to license these patents on unfavorable terms or cease using the technology covered by these patents, either of which could harm our competitive position and may materially adversely affect our business, results of operation or financial condition.

 

23
 

 

Significant product repair and/or replacement due to product warranty claims or product recalls could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.  

 

We provide a limited warranty against defects for all our products for a period generally varying from 30 days to one year. We also provide a limited emissions warranty for certain emissions-related parts in its products as required by the United States Environmental Protection Agency. Although we employ quality control procedures, sometimes a product is distributed that needs repair or replacement, or that needs to be recalled. Our standard warranties require dealers to repair or replace defective products during such warranty periods at no cost to the consumer. We record provisions in our financial statements based on an estimate of product warranty claims, but there is the possibility that actual claims may exceed these provisions and therefore negatively impact earnings. We could make major product recalls or could be held liable should our products not meet safety standards or statutory requirements on product safety or consumer protection.

 

In addition, the risks of a product recall may be aggravated if production volumes increase significantly, supplied products do not meet our standards, or we fail to perform our risk analysis systematically or product-related decisions are not fully documented. Historically, product recalls have been administered through our dealers and distributors. The repair and replacement costs that we could incur in connection with a recall could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Product recalls could also harm our reputation and cause us to lose customers, particularly if recalls cause consumers to question the safety or reliability of our Company’s products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

The failure of our IT systems or a security breach involving consumer or employee personal data could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation and business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Our business operations utilize a variety of cloud-based IT systems. We are dependent on these systems for all commercial transactions, dealership and distributorship interactions, and supply chain and inventory management. Although (i) have established a firewall for our network, (ii) conduct regular system updates and employee trainings, (iii) regularly backup our data and (iv) have established appropriate contingency plans to mitigate the risks associated with a failure of our IT systems or a security breach, if one of our key IT systems were to suffer a failure or security breach this could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Further, we rely on third parties for certain IT services. If an IT service provider were to fail or the relationship with us were to end, we might be unable to find a suitable replacement in a timely manner, and our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected. We continually modify and enhance our IT systems and technologies to increase productivity and efficiency. As new systems and technologies are implemented, we could experience unanticipated difficulties resulting in unexpected costs and adverse impacts to our manufacturing and other business processes. When implemented, the systems and technologies may not provide the benefits anticipated and could add costs and complications to ongoing operations, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We and our dealers and distributors receive and store personal information in connection with human resources operations, credit operations, warranty management, marketing efforts and other aspects of our businesses. Additionally, we exchange information with numerous trading partners across all aspects of our operations. Any security breach of our IT systems or those of our dealers, distributors and trading partners could result in disruptions to our operations or erroneous transactions. To the extent that such a breach results in a loss or damage to our data, or an inappropriate disclosure of confidential or personal information, it could cause significant damage to our reputation, affect our relationships with our customers, lead to claims against us and ultimately materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not experienced a material cyber security incident.

 

24
 

 

Retail sales of our new products may be materially adversely affected by declining prices for used versions of our products or the supply of new products by competitors in excess of demand.

 

We have observed that when prices for used versions of our products have declined, it has had the effect of reducing demand among retail purchasers for new versions of our products (at or near manufacturer’s suggested retail prices). Also, while we take steps designed to balance production volumes for our products with demand, our competitors could choose to supply new products to the market in excess of demand at reduced prices which could also reduce demand for new versions of our products. Reduced demand for new versions of our products could lead to reduced sales, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Our results of operations fluctuate from quarter to quarter and from year to year as they are affected, among other things, by the seasonal nature of some of our product lines.

 

Our results of operations experience substantial fluctuations from quarter to quarter and year to year. A portion of our sales revenue generated from Massimo Marine has seasonable sales pattern. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, our revenue generated from Massimo Marine made up approximately 12.9% and 10.5% of our total revenue, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, our revenue generated from the Massimo Marine made up approximately 9.8% and 4.9% of our total revenue, respectively. In general, retail sales of our products are highest in their particular season of use and in the immediately preceding period. For example, retail sales for ATVs and boats will be highest in winter and spring. Revenues in the first half of the fiscal year have generally been lower than those in the second half. However, the mix of product sales may vary considerably from time to time as a result of changes in seasonal and geographic demand, the introduction of new products and models and production scheduling for particular types of products. Any negative economic conditions that occur during the months of traditionally higher sales of a given product could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year. In addition, our dealers and distributors may modify orders, change delivery schedules, or change the mix of products ordered. We may also make strategic decisions to deliver and invoice products at certain dates to lower costs or improve supply chain efficiencies or may be forced to do so because of supply chain issues or disruption. As a result, our results of operations are likely to fluctuate significantly from period to period such that any historical results should not be considered indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. In addition, we incur significant additional expenses in the periods leading up to the introduction of new products which may also result in fluctuations in our results of operations. Our annual and quarterly gross profit margins are also sensitive to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including shifts in product sales mix, geographic sales trends, and currency exchange rate fluctuations, all of which we expect will continue. This seasonality in revenues, expenses and margins, along with other factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, changes in consumer preferences, weather conditions, tariffs, free-trade arrangements, geopolitical uncertainty, the cost or availability of raw materials or labor, discretionary spending habits and currency exchange rate fluctuations, could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We are subject to laws, rules and regulations regarding product safety, health, environmental and noise pollution and other issues that could cause us to incur fines or penalties or increase our operating costs.

 

We are subject to federal, provincial, state local, and municipal laws, rules and regulations in Canada and the United States regarding product safety, health, environmental and noise pollution and other issues that could cause us to incur fines or penalties or increase our operating costs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. A failure to comply with, or compliance with, any such requirements or any new requirements could result in increased expenses to modify our products, or harm to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Certain jurisdictions require or are considering requiring a license to operate certain of our products. While such licensing requirements are not expected to be unduly restrictive, they may deter potential customers, thereby reducing sales. Our products are also subject to laws, rules and regulations imposing environmental, noise emission, zoning and permitting restrictions, which laws, rules and regulations are subject to change and may limit the locations where our products may be sold or used or restrict their use during certain times or on certain conditions. Since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have had to adapt health and safety measures throughout our facilities to comply with changing local regulations in connection with the COVID-19 health crisis, resulting in incremental costs. Additional costs and investments might be required in the future if new regulations or restrictions are put in place.

 

25
 

 

Climate change is receiving increasing attention worldwide. A perceived consensus among scientists, legislators and others regarding the impact of increased levels of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide, on climate change has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. Greenhouse gas regulations could require us to purchase allowances to offset our emissions or result in an overall increase in costs of raw materials or operating expenses, any of which could reduce competitiveness in a global economy or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Many of our suppliers face similar circumstances. Moreover, we and our suppliers may face greater regulatory or customer pressure to offer products that generate less emissions. This may require the expenditure of significant funds on R&D implementation and subject us to the risk that our competitors may respond to these pressures in a manner that gives them a competitive advantage. The development of such products may also present challenges in maintaining the look, sound and feel of our products. While additional regulations of emissions in the future appear likely, it is too early to predict whether such regulation could ultimately have a material adverse effect on the our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities.

 

We face a risk of lawsuits alleging product liability claims. We may be sued if any of our products allegedly causes injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

decreased demand for products that we offer for sale;
injury to our reputation;
costs to defend the related litigation;
a diversion of management’s time and resources;
substantial monetary awards to trial participants or customers; and
product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions.

 

We currently maintain product liability insurance. However, there is no guarantee that that such insurance will remain affordable or be sufficient. If we are unable to retain sufficient product liability insurance coverage, it could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products we intend to market. Even if we maintain product liability insurance in the future, we may have to pay amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

 

26
 

 

Our insurance may not be sufficient.

 

We carry insurance that we consider adequate in regard to the nature of the covered risks and the costs of coverage. We are not fully insured against all possible risks, nor are all such risks insurable. We may be forced to cover the costs of certain realized risks which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

An adverse determination in any significant product liability claim could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

The development, manufacture, sale and use of our products exposes us to significant risks associated with product liability claims. If our products are defective or used incorrectly by consumers, it may result in bodily injury, property damage or other injury, including death, which could give rise to product liability claims against us. Changes to our suppliers’ manufacturing processes and the production of new products could result in product quality issues, thereby increasing the risk of litigation and potential liability. Further, we have limited control over the design, manufacture, and assembly, processes because these are undertaken by our suppliers. Any losses that we may suffer from any liability claims and the effect that any product liability litigation may have upon the brand image, reputation and marketability of our products could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We have three (3) pending litigation cases as of December 13, 2023. No assurance can be given that our historical claims record will not change, that material product liability claims will not be made in the future against us, or that claims will not arise in the future in excess of our indemnities and insurance coverage. Our records provision for known potential liabilities, but there is the possibility that actual losses may exceed these provisions and therefore negatively impact earnings. Also, we may not be able in the future to adequately insure our product liability and warranty risk or the cost of doing so may be prohibitive. Adverse determinations of material product liability claims made against us could also harm our reputation and cause us to lose customers and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We have been in the past and may be in the future subject to several litigation proceedings relating to defective products that have caused property damage, physical injury and death. These proceedings may negatively affect our reputation, hurt the perception of our products being safe and subject us to damages.

 

From 2017 to 2023, we have been subject to over fifty (50) litigation proceedings relating to: accidental fires, defective steering mechanisms, faulty batteries and braking systems, bad engines and other issues of product design and/or manufacturing defect. Some of these proceedings were filed pursuant to the plaintiffs experiencing death, injury or property damage. While we have been able to settle the vast majority of these claims, there remains a possibility that these past claims may adversely affect the future ability to sell our products. Distributors, dealers and customers may perceive our products to be unsafe or poorly built and may refuse to carry them in stores or purchase them for personal use. We may be subject to similar litigation proceedings in the future which may result in additional damages and a poor reputation among our distributors, dealers and customers. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. See “An adverse determination in any significant product liability claim could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We have been in the past and may be in the future subject to regulatory inquiries with respect to the safety of our products and compliance with business regulations. These inquiries may negatively affect our reputation, hurt the perception of our products being safe and subject us to costly penalties.

 

We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws which regulate our business. These laws include consumer safety protection laws, laws regulating the registration and licensing of motor vehicles, state lemon laws, the Uniform Commercial Code, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act and other such laws regulating the motorsports vehicle industry.

 

In the past we have been subject to regulatory inquiries from institutions such as the Missouri Office of the State Attorney General, the California Air Resources Board, the Pennsylvania State Board of Vehicle Manufacturers, Dealers and Salespersons and the U.S. Consumer Product Protection Commission. On at least one occasion, we have received punitive action by the U.S. Consumer Product Protection Commission in the form of a Stop Sale order. The order required us to halt the sale of our Electric Balance Bike due to issues concerning excessive lead content and the lack of a child safety certificate. Stop Sale orders may adversely affect our ability to sell popular products and may cause us to have a poor reputation with the retailers, distributors and dealerships that may carry our products. If such past or future inquiries were to become publicized, it could negatively affect consumers’ perception of our brand and may lead to a significant decrease in sales.

 

Any failure to adhere to the regulations and laws of federal, state and local institutions may result in costly fines, loss of license to do business in a particular jurisdiction and other severe penalties. These penalties could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. The burden of compliance with such regulations and laws may come at significant time and expense and despite our best efforts to comply, we may still be subject to regulatory inquiry and sanction.

 

Our business requires us to pay licensing fees for each state that we operate in. We may not be able to justify the cost of compliance in a particular state or locality thus necessitating that we allow our license to expire. This may have a materially adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Each state within the United States maintains its own licensing regime with respect to vehicular sales. The applicable fees and compliance rules may prove too costly for us and senior management may choose to permit our license-to-do-business in certain states to expire. We may make such a decision based on the costs outweighing the benefits, although our judgment may prove incorrect, and we may forfeit the possibility of significant profit by withdrawing from a certain state. Poor decision-making with respect to allowing certain licenses to expire or to maintaining them indefinitely may have a materially adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

We have not made use of confidentiality agreements in the past and, although we intend to rely on such agreements in future dealings with our suppliers, employees, consultants, and other parties, the prior lack or the breach of such agreements could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

In the past, we have not made use of confidentiality agreements with our employees, customers, consultants and other parties to protect proprietary information or trade secrets. We intend to rely on such confidentiality agreements on a go-forward basis. Current and former employees not covered under confidentiality agreements may divulge our proprietary information or trade secrets. The release of such proprietary information or trade secrets could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, for individuals covered by future confidentiality agreements, there can be no assurance that these agreements will not be breached, that we would have adequate remedies for any such breach or that our proprietary information or trade secrets will not otherwise become known to or independently developed by competitors. To the extent that consultants, key employees or other third parties apply technological information independently developed by them or by others to our proposed projects, disputes may arise as to the proprietary rights to such information that may not be resolved in our favor. We may be involved from time to time in litigation to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of our proprietary rights. Any such litigation could result in substantial cost and diversion of effort by our management and technical personnel at the expense of other tasks related to our business.

 

Unionization activities may disrupt our operations and increase our costs.

 

Although none of our employees are currently covered under collective bargaining agreements, our employees or that of our suppliers, distributors or retailers may elect to be represented by labor unions in the future. If a significant number of our employees or that of our suppliers, distributors or retailers were to become unionized and collective bargaining agreement terms were significantly different from our or our suppliers’, distributors’ or retailers’ current compensation arrangements, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, a labor dispute involving some or all our or that of our suppliers, distributors, retailers or employees may harm our reputation, disrupt our operations and reduce our revenues, and resolution of disputes could increase our costs. Further, if we enter into a new market with unionized construction companies, or the construction companies in our current markets become unionized, construction and build-out costs for new restaurants in such markets could materially increase.

 

Our business could be materially harmed by epidemics, pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and other outbreaks and public health emergencies.

 

In March 2020, the World Health Organization announced that infections caused by COVID-19 had become a pandemic. Economies throughout the world, including those of the United States and China, were severely disrupted by the effects of the pandemic and the quarantines, stay at home orders, business closures and the reluctance of individuals to leave their homes resulting from the outbreak of the COVID-19 Pandemic. These lockdowns and any accompanying travel restrictions adversely impacted many industries in China and disrupted the supply chains on which we and other businesses relied upon. We temporarily closed our offices and production facilities partially in March 2020, as required by relevant local authorities. Our offices reopened in April 2020 upon approval from the local governments. Due to the extended lock-down and self-quarantine policies in Dallas, Texas, we experienced a business disruption during the lock-down period from early March to June 2020. and have since been picking up slowly after China reopened businesses nationwide. From July 2020, due to the effective containment of COVID-19 in the United States, we resumed our full operation. Then due to the city lockdown in China where most of our suppliers are, our stock supply was disrupted from May to July 2022. Our ability to re-supply our inventory resumed in August 2022. We estimate that we lost about $1.5 million of sales as a result of this supply disruption. We cannot forecast with any certainty the extent to which our business or the manufacturers on which we rely for products may be negatively impacted by an increase in cases as a result of the spread of a new COVID-19 variant or a new pandemic and restrictions imposed by governments or voluntarily undertaken in response to any such event. Any such disruption may materially impact our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Furthermore, even after an outbreak has subsided, we may experience impacts to our business as a result of the global economic impact of the outbreak, including any economic downturn or recession or other long-term effects that have occurred or may occur to us, our customers and vendors in the future.

 

27
 

 

Natural disasters, unusually adverse weather, pandemic outbreaks, boycotts and geo-political events could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition and the market for stocks globally.

 

The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as hurricanes and earthquakes, unusually adverse weather, pandemic outbreaks, boycotts and geo-political events, such as civil unrest and acts of terrorism, upheavals in U.S.-China relations, or similar disruptions could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. These events could result in physical damage to one or more of our properties or the properties of our suppliers and distributors, increases in fuel or other energy prices, temporary or permanent closure of one or more of our facilities or the facilities of our suppliers and distributors, temporary lack of an adequate workforce in a market, temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of raw materials, product parts and components, temporary disruption in transport to and from overseas, especially China, and disruption to our information systems, and, ultimately, have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as hurricanes and earthquakes, unusually adverse weather, pandemic outbreaks, boycotts and geo-political events, such as civil unrest and acts of terrorism, upheavals in U.S-China relations, or similar disruptions could materially adversely affect the financial markets. The price of our common stock may decline significantly if such an event were to occur after the consummation of this offering, in which case you may lose your investment.

 

Our ability, or lack thereof, to attract, recruit, and maintain talented sales representatives may adversely affect our business and our plans to expand our market.

 

We have a team of sales representatives which works with our dealers and distributors and to coordinate sales and distribution of our products through their channels. To execute our expansion into new markets, it is important to attract, employ, and maintain talented sales representatives. Even if we attract new talented sales representatives, there is no guarantee that we can maintain the talented individuals. Our inability to maintain a roster of talented sales representatives may adversely affect our business and planned expansion into new markets.

 

Our ability, or lack thereof, to establish strategic partnerships and expand our distribution channels regionally and nationally may adversely affect our business and our plans to expand our market.

 

We rely on our local and regional sales representatives to assist us with establishing strategic partnerships with dealers and distributors located in new geographic areas. A critical component of our expansion plan is our sales representatives’ ability to successfully establish new strategic partnerships in the Northeast, West, Southeast, and Midwest of the United States. Even if we establish new strategic partnerships, there is no guarantee that we can maintain successful relationships with the new dealers and distributors or that our partners will yield additional revenue and profits based on sales.

 

U.S. policies granting farmers incentives may cease and farmers represent a large percentage of our revenue.

 

In both the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the fiscal year of 2022, approximately 25% of our consumers were farmers, respectively. As a supplier to farmers, we are aware that farmers rely on U.S. governmental programs to fund the purchase of supplies from us and operate their business. For example, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) has a variety of grants and subsidies. The USDA offers farming producers and agricultural businesses funding through its Pandemic Assistance for Producers initiative. The USDA’s program, The Food Safety Certification for Specialty Crops (“FSCSC”) program provides up to $200 million in assistance for specialty crop producers who incur eligible on-farm food safety program expenses to obtain or renew a food safety certification in calendar years 2022 or 2023.

 

In addition to USDA, various other regulatory entities at the federal and state level offer grants and subsidies, which some of our consumers rely on to purchase our products. Most government incentives contain terms. Once the term of the program expires, there is no guarantee that the program will be extended. If the United States’ policies granting farmers incentives are not available to our farming consumers, then we may lose consumers and this would adversely affect our business.

 

28
 

 

Risks Relating to Our Securities and this Offering

 

There is no existing market for our securities, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. Even if a market does develop following this offering, the stock prices in the market may not exceed the offering price.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our securities. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop following this offering, or if it does develop, it may not be maintained. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the Underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market following the completion of this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you pay in this offering.

 

Massimo Group is a holding company.

 

We, Massimo Group, are a holding company and our only significant assets are the membership interest and capital stock of our subsidiaries. As a result, we are subject to the risks attributable to our subsidiaries. As a holding company, we conduct substantially all of our business through its subsidiaries, which generate substantially all of our revenues. Consequently, our cash flows and ability to complete current or desirable future enhancement opportunities are dependent on the earnings of our subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings to us. The ability of these entities to pay dividends and other distributions will depend on their operating results and will be subject to applicable laws and regulations which require that solvency and capital standards be maintained by such companies and contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing their debt. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our subsidiaries, holders of indebtedness and trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of that subsidiary before any assets are made available for distribution to us.

 

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile. This volatility may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for your shares. Our stock price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, which include:

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;
publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;
the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”);
our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;
additions and departures of key personnel;

 

29
 

 

strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;
the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;
speculation in the press or investment community;
changes in accounting principles;
terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;
natural disasters and other calamities; and
changes in general market and economic conditions.

 

In addition, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors due to seasonality and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly because of several factors, including:

 

labor availability and costs for hourly and management personnel;
changes in interest rates;
macroeconomic conditions, both nationally and locally;
changes in consumer preferences and competitive conditions;
expansion to new markets;
increases in infrastructure costs; and
in commodity prices.

 

Unanticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could result in a decline in our stock price.

 

Nasdaq may not list our securities, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

 

We anticipate that our securities will be listed on Nasdaq, a national securities exchange, upon consummation of this offering. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we expect to meet, on a pro forma basis, Nasdaq’s minimum initial listing standards, which generally mandate that we meet certain requirements relating to stockholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements. If Nasdaq does not list our securities for trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

 

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;
a determination that our shares of common stock are “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our shares of common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our shares of common stock;
a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

 

30
 

 

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Assuming our common stock will be listed on Nasdaq, our common stock will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. Furthermore, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our common stock would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

 

Our failure to meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq could result in a de-listing of our common stock.

 

If after listing we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum closing bid price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to de-list our common stock. Such a de-listing would likely have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a de-listing, we would take actions to restore our compliance with Nasdaq’s listing requirements, but we can provide no assurance that any such action taken by us would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, prevent our common stock from dropping below Nasdaq minimum bid price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with Nasdaq’s listing requirements.

 

If our shares are delisted from Nasdaq and become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.

 

The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotation systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system. If we do not obtain or retain a listing on Nasdaq and if the price of our common stock is less than $5.00, our common stock will be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that before effecting any transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.

 

We have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, and you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

 

We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our credit facility. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it and any potential investor who anticipates the need for current dividends should not purchase our securities. See the section entitled “Dividend Policy.”

 

31
 

 

There can be no assurance that we will ever provide liquidity to our investors through a sale of our company.

 

While acquisitions of manufacturing and distribution companies like ours are not uncommon, potential investors are cautioned that no assurances can be given that any form of merger, combination, or sale of our company will take place following this offering, or that any merger, combination, or sale, even if consummated, would provide liquidity or a profit for our investors. You should not invest in our company with the expectation that we will be able to sell the business in order to provide liquidity or a profit for our investors.

 

Our management will have broad discretion in how we use the net proceeds of this offering and might not use them effectively.

 

Our management will have considerable discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used in a manner which you may consider most appropriate. Our management might spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders do not desire or that might not yield a favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Furthermore, you will have no direct say on how our management allocates the net proceeds of this offering. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

 

Our founder and principal shareholder has substantial influence over our company. His interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders, and he could prevent or cause a change of control or other transactions.

 

After giving effect to the sale of the shares offered hereby, Mr. David Shan will own [__%] of our outstanding shares, or [__%] if the Underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full. Accordingly, Mr. Shan will have significant influence in determining the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to the shareholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations, the appointment of directors and other significant corporate actions. Mr. Shan will also have the power to prevent or cause a change in control. Without the consent of Mr. Shan, we may be prevented from entering into transactions that could be beneficial to us or our minority shareholders. In addition, Mr. Shan could violate his fiduciary duties by diverting business opportunities from us to himself or others. The interests of Mr. Shan may differ from the interests of our other shareholders. The concentration in the ownership of our common stock shares may cause a material decline in the value of our common stock. For more information regarding Mr. Shan, see “Principal Shareholders.”

 

The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our common stock could adversely affect its market price.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering, including sales made of any shares pledged for a loan by any holder of a significant number of shares of our common stock, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings in the future. The common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, and shares held by our existing shareholders may also be sold in the public market in the future subject to the restrictions in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and the applicable lock-up agreements. There will be [●] shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering or [●] shares assuming the full exercise of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option. In connection with this offering, we and each of our directors and officers named in the section “Management,” have agreed not to sell any common stock for [●] months from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, subject to certain exceptions. However, the Underwriters may release these securities from these restrictions at any time, subject to applicable regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of our common stock. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our securities after this offering.

 

32
 

 

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering and may experience additional dilution in the future.

 

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering. After giving effect to the sale by us of [●] shares of common stock offered in this offering at a public offering price of $[●] per share (the mid-point of the range appearing on the front cover of this prospectus), and after deducting underwriting commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, investors in this offering can expect an immediate dilution of $[●] per share, or approximately [●]%, at the assumed public offering price. Additionally, to the extent that these warrants, or options we will grant to our officers, directors and employees, are ultimately exercised, you will sustain future dilution. We may also acquire new businesses or finance strategic alliances by issuing equity, which may result in additional dilution to our stockholders. Following the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock. See the section titled “Dilution.”

 

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, has imposed various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, we anticipate that compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs substantially. A number of those requirements will require us to carry out activities we have not done previously. For example, we will create new board committees and adopt new internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, these rules and regulations may make our activities related to legal, accounting and financial compliance more difficult, time-consuming and costly and may also place undue strain on our personnel, systems and resources. Furthermore, if we identify any issues in complying with those requirements (for example, if we or our auditors identify a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor perceptions of us. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage. We estimate the additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements to range from $[●] to $[●] annually, although unforeseen circumstances could increase actual costs. These increased costs will require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase our costs.

 

33
 

 

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We will be subject to income taxes in the United States, and our domestic tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;
expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;
tax effects of stock-based compensation;
costs related to intercompany restructurings;
changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or
 lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

 

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by federal, state and local authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Changes to accounting rules or regulations may adversely affect the reporting of our results of operations.

 

Changes to existing accounting rules or regulations may impact the reporting of our future results of operations or cause the perception that we are more highly leveraged. Other new accounting rules or regulations and varying interpretations of existing accounting rules or regulations have occurred and may occur in the future.

 

Changes to estimates related to our property, fixtures and equipment or operating results that are lower than our current estimates at certain locations may cause us to incur impairment charges on certain long-lived assets, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

In accordance with accounting guidance as it relates to the impairment of long-lived assets, we make certain estimates and projections with regard to our operations, as well as our overall performance, in connection with our impairment analyses for long-lived assets. When impairment triggers are deemed to exist for our operations, the estimated undiscounted future cash flows are compared to its carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment charge equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value is recorded. The projections of future cash flows used in these analyses require the use of judgment and a number of estimates and projections of future operating results. If actual results differ from our estimates, additional charges for asset impairments may be required in the future. If future impairment charges are significant, this could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations.

 

34
 

 

As an “emerging growth company” under applicable law, we will be subject to lessened disclosure requirements, which could leave our stockholders with less information or fewer rights available to stockholders of more mature companies.

 

For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we have elected to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to:

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
taking advantage of an extension of time to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards;
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” Because of these lessened regulatory requirements, our stockholders would be left without information or rights available to stockholders of more mature companies.

 

Because we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards for an “emerging growth company” our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

 

We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards for an emerging growth company. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates, and thus investors may have difficulty evaluating or comparing our business, performance or prospects in comparison to other public companies, which may have a negative impact on the value and liquidity of our common stock.

 

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq listing standards and, as a result, will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

 

Following this offering, David Shan, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors will hold approximately [    ]% of the voting power in us (or approximately [    ]% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) and, as a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing standards. For so long as we remain a controlled company, we technically qualify and are eligible to be exempted from the obligation to comply with certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, however, we do not plan to take advantage of the exemptions provided to controlled companies, which include

 

  our Board of Directors is not required to be comprised of a majority of independent directors;
  our Board of Directors is not cubject to the compensation committee requirements; and
  we are not subject to the requirements that director nominees be selected either by the independent directors or a nomination committee comprised solely of independent directors.
  our Board of Directors is not required to be comprised of a majority of independent directors;

 

The controlled company exemptions do not apply to the audit committee requirement or the requirement for executive sessions of independent directors. We are required to disclose in our annual report that we are a controlled company and the basis for that determination. Although we do not plan to take advantage of the exemptions provided to controlled companies, we may in the future take advantage of such exemptions. Our status as a controlled company could cause our securities to be less attractive to certain investors or otherwise adversely affect our securities’ trading price.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock may be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our common stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us was to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the price of our common stock or trading volume to decline.

 

35
 

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and Nevada law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

 

The anti-takeover provisions of the Nevada law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. Our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws, upon the consummation of this offering, may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. For example, our Board of Directors has the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval that could be used to dilute a potential hostile acquirer. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the company may be unsuccessful. In addition, our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws will:

 

provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;
provide that special meetings of stockholders may only be called by our Chairman and/or President, our Board of Directors or a super-majority (66 or 2/3%) of our stockholders;
place restrictive requirements (including advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals) on how special meetings of stockholders may be called by our stockholders;
not provide stockholders with the ability to cumulate their votes; and provide that only a super-majority of our stockholders (66 or 2/3%) may amend our amended and restated bylaws.

 

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

 

We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and therefore are not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a publicly traded company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company and are an accelerated or large accelerated filer.

 

To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. In addition, we may identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404.

 

If we identify weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. On September 15, 2023, our management team identified a material weakness and significant deficiency while assessing the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The matters involving this material weakness and significant deficiency were related to inadequate segregation of duties resulting from limited accounting staff and resources. While we have taken steps to remediate this weakness and deficiency by hiring additional staff, there can be no assurances that we will be able to maintain effective internal controls at all times.

 

Our Bylaws provide that the Second Judicial District Court of Washoe County of the State of Nevada is the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes against us, or our directors and officers.

 

Our Bylaws require, to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law, that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Second Judicial District Court of Washoe County of the State of Nevada (the “Court”) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company, any director or the Company’s officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the NRS, Chapters 78 or 92A of the NRS or our Nevada Articles of Incorporation or our Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company, any director or the Company’s officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, each of these clauses (i) through (iv) will not apply to any claim (x) as to which the Court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court within ten (10) days following such determination), (y) for which the Court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or (z) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court, including pursuant to Section 27 of the Exchange Act, which provides for exclusive federal jurisdiction over suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act provides for concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, and as such the exclusive jurisdiction clauses set forth above would not apply to such suits.

 

Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Nevada law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our shares of capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this exclusive forum provision, but will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

36
 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans, projected costs and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “should,” “shall,” “intend,” “goal,” “objective,” “seek,” “expect,” and similar expressions or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including but not limited to: our limited operating history on which to judge our performance and assess our prospects for future success, risks related to our reliance on a network of independent dealers and distributors to manage the retail distribution of many of our products, our reliance on third-party manufacturers and supplies for our products, risks related to the fact that the majority of the products we purchase are manufactured by suppliers in China and their operations are subject to risks associated with business operations in China, the inexperience of our principal shareholder and senior management in operating a publicly traded company, economic conditions that impact consumer spending may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition, risks related to face intense competition in all product lines, including from some competitors that have greater financial and marketing resources, risks related to our ability to attract and retain key personnel, potential harm caused by misappropriation of our data and compromises in cybersecurity, changes in laws, regulatory requirements, governmental incentives and fuel and energy prices, litigation, regulatory proceedings, complaints, product liability claims and/or adverse publicity, the inability of our dealers, customers and distributors to secure adequate access to capital or financing, failure to develop brand name and reputation, the significant product repair and/or replacement due to product warranty claims or product recalls, the impact of health epidemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, on our business, the other risks we face and the actions we may take in response thereto and other risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

 

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.

 

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by these cautionary statements.

 

37
 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock we are offering will be approximately $[      ] million based on an assumed offering price of $[          ] per share (which represents the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus). If the Underwriters fully exercise the Overallotment Option, the net proceeds of the shares we sell will be approximately $[      ] million. “Net proceeds” is what we expect to receive after deducting the underwriting discount and commission and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price of $[           ] would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $[  ] , after deducting estimated underwriting discount and commission and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Each increase of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would increase the net proceeds to us in this offering by approximately $[            ] million. Similarly, each decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $[     ] million. A change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts could have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, and it may impact the amount of time prior to which we will need to seek additional capital.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows, after we complete the remittance process:

 

approximately 15% for the marketing and promotion of our branded products to expand our business;
approximately 10% for R&D activities, which include our efforts to develop new products and new EV-related technology;
approximately 20% to establish assembly/distribution operations in other parts of the United States;
 approximately 5% for the recruitment of talent personnel; and
the balance of approximately 50%, together with any proceeds from the over-allotment option, for general administration and working capital.

 

Use of Net Proceeds    $ (in millions)*    % 
Business expansion    [       ]     15%
Technological innovation    [       ]     10%
Enhancing warehousing and distribution capacities    [       ]     20%
Recruitment of talent personnel   

[       ]

    5%
General working capital   

[       ]

    50%
Total    [       ]     100%

 

While we expect to use the net proceeds for the purposes described above, the amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including [                     ]. The expected net proceeds from the sale of the shares offered hereby, if added to our current cash and cash equivalents is anticipated to be sufficient to fund our operations through [         ]. In the event that our plans change, our assumptions change or prove to be inaccurate, or the net proceeds of this offering are less than as set forth herein or otherwise prove to be insufficient, it may be necessary or advisable to reallocate proceeds or curtail expansion activities, or we may be required to seek additional financing or curtail our operations. As a result of the foregoing, our success will be affected by our discretion and judgment with respect to the application and allocation of the net proceeds of this offering.

 

Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

38
 

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when and if declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for dividends.

 

Historically, we have been treated as an S Corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and as such, we have paid distributions to our existing shareholder to assist him in paying the U.S. federal income taxes on our taxable income that is “passed through” to them, as well as additional amounts for returns on capital. On December 31, 2022, our board declared and paid cash dividend of $12 million to our original sole shareholder Mr. David Shan and Mr. Shan has lent back approximately $11 million to the Company with non-interest bearing and no fixed payback term as of December 31, 2022. On May 30, 2023, our board declared an additional $2.2 million cash dividend to Mr. Shan.

 

After the consummation of the Reorganization, on June 1, 2023, whereby we elected to be taxed as a C Corporation, until the date of this prospectus, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our equity interests. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends, if any, in the future is within the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our earnings, capital requirements and financial condition and other relevant facts. We currently intend to retain all future earnings, if any, to finance the development and growth of our business.

 

39
 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2023:

 

on an actual basis; and
   
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to additionally give effect to the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $[       ] per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read the information in this table together with our financial statements and accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

      As of September 30, 2023  
      Actual       As Adjusted  
      ($ in thousands)  
Equity:                
Shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 40,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding on an actual basis; and [     ],000,000 shares of common stock outstanding as adjusted   $ 40,000     $    
Subscription receivable     (1,052,159)          
Additional paid-in-capital     1,994,000          
Retained earnings     9,450,576          
Total shareholders’ equity   $ 10,432,417     $    
Total capitalization   $ 10,432,417     $    

 

(1) Pro forma additional paid in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting underwriting fee, Underwriters’ expense allowance and other expenses. We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $             (offering proceeds of $            , less underwriting discounts of $            , non-accountable expense of $             and offering expenses of $            , which includes reimbursement of the Representative’s out-of-pocket expenses of $            ). If the Underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, the net proceeds to us would be $            . The increase in additional paid in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting underwriting discounts, Underwriters’ expense allowance and other expenses

 

40
 

 

DILUTION

 

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the assumed public offering price of $[            ] per share (the mid-point of the range appearing on the front cover of this prospectus) and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately upon the consummation of this offering.

 

On a pro forma basis, our net tangible book value as of [    ] was approximately $[  ] million,             or approximately $[            ] per share. Net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of [      ].

 

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of [       ] shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $[       ] per share, and after deducting Underwriters’ commissions and estimated offering expenses, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of [   ] would have been $[        ] million, or $[            ] per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $[          ] per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $[        ] per share to purchasers of shares in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share       $[    ]
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors  $ [     ]     
Adjusted net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2021, after giving effect to this offering  $ [    ]     
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering         $[    ]

 

The above discussion and tables do not include the following:

 

[            ] shares of our common stock (which is equal to [      ] % of our issued and outstanding common stock immediately after the consummation this offering) reserved for future issuance under our 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective at a date to be determined after the closing of this offering.

 

41
 

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.” All amounts included herein with respect to the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. All amounts included herein with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2022 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Overview of Company

 

Massimo Group is a holding company established on October 10, 2022 under the laws of the State of Nevada. The Company, through its subsidiaries, is primarily engaged in the manufacturing and sales of a wide selection of farm and ranch tested UTVs, recreational ATVs, and Pontoon Boats. Mr. David Shan, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, is the controlling shareholder (the “Controlling Shareholder”) of the Company.

 

A Reorganization of the legal structure was completed on June 1, 2023. the Controlling Shareholder transferred his 100% equity interest in Massimo Motor and 100% equity interest in Massimo Marine to Massimo Group. After this reorganization, Massimo Group ultimately owns 100% equity interests of Massimo Motor and Massimo Marine.

 

Before and after the Reorganization, the Company, together with its subsidiaries, is effectively controlled by the same Controlling Shareholder, and therefore, the Reorganization is considered as a recapitalization of entities under common control in accordance with ASC 805-50-25. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries have been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with ASC 805-50-45-5.

 

Massimo Group currently generates most of its revenues from the sales of UTVs and ATVs, which represent 90.1% and 87.1% of total revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively. We also generate revenue from the sales of Pontoon Boats, which represented 9.9% and 12.9% of our revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, our total revenues were approximately $30.0 million and $75.5 million, respectively.

 

Massimo Group currently generates most of its revenues from the sales of UTVs and ATVs, which represent 89.1% and 89.5% of total revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively. We also generate revenue from the sales of Pontoon Boats, which represented 10.9% and 10.5% of our revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, our total revenues were approximately $20.8 million and $61.6 million, respectively.

 

42
 

 

Trends and Key Factors that Affect Operating Results

 

We believe the most significant factors that affect our business and results of operations include the following:

 

 

Risk of intense competition in the industry - The Powersports Vehicles and Boat Industry is highly competitive. Competition in such markets is based upon a number of factors, including price, quality, reliability, styling, product features and warranties. At the dealer level, competition is based on a number of factors including sales and marketing support programs (such as financing joint advertising programs and cooperative advertising). Certain of our competitors are more diversified and have financial and marketing resources which are substantially greater than ours, which allow these competitors to invest more heavily in intellectual property, product development, and sales and marketing support. If we are not able to compete with new products, product features or models comparable or superior to those of our competitors, or attract new dealers, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

We are subject to competitive pricing. Such pricing pressure may limit our ability to maintain prices or to increase prices for our products in response to raw material, component and other cost increases and so negatively affect our profit margins.

 

 

Risk of economic and policy changes within China – We import our products from various Chinese suppliers. The Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry within China by imposing industrial policies, providing subsidies and heavily regulating or prohibiting unwanted activities. There is no assurance the Chinese government will not interfere with the operations of Linhai Powersports or any of our other suppliers. In addition, the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate adjustments, to control the pace of economic growth in China. These measures, or other economic, political, or social developments in China may affect our China-based suppliers, which may adversely affect our business and operating results. We also import our products from Taiwan. The Taiwan issue is a longstanding point of contention between China and the United States. The U.S. maintains unofficial relations with Taiwan, while also recognizing the One China policy, which acknowledges Beijing as the legitimate government of Taiwan. Both China and the U.S. have engaged in military posturing around the Taiwan Strait. This increases the risk of accidental clashes or misunderstandings that could escalate into conflict, which will affect both our China-mainland-based and Taiwan-based suppliers.

 

  Risk of unavailability of additional capital - We will require significant expenditures to fund future growth. We intend to fund our growth out of the proceeds of this offering and internal sources of liquidity or through additional financing from external sources. Our ability to obtain external financing in the future at a reasonable cost is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and the condition of the global and domestic financial markets. If we require additional funds and cannot obtain them on acceptable terms when required or at all, we may be unable to fulfill our working capital needs, upgrade our existing facilities or expand our business and may have to reduce the level of our operations. These factors may also prevent us from entering into transactions that would otherwise benefit our business or implementing our future strategies. Any debt financing that we undertake may be expensive and might impose covenants that restrict our operations and strategic initiatives, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our capital stock, make investments and engage in mergers, consolidations and asset sale transactions. Equity financings may be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our shareholders, and the prices at which new investors would be willing to purchase our equity securities may be lower than the trading prices of such equities. If new sources of financing are required, but are unattractive, insufficient or unavailable, then we could be required to modify our business plans or growth strategy which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

  Risk of uncertainty in the cost and production level of raw materials - We depend on third party suppliers to manufacture many of the products we sell, in particular, ATVs and UTVs, as opposed to our recreational boats which we manufacture in our Dallas facility. As of September 30, 2023, we purchased approximately 61% of our products from two of these suppliers. Competition for the output of these suppliers is intense. If these independent suppliers were unwilling or unable to supply us with products at prices which enable us to maintain our gross margins, it would materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Although we are looking to broaden our supplier base and to reduce our dependence upon a limited number of suppliers, there is no assurance we will be able to do so and increasing the number of suppliers from which we purchase products may increase our costs.

 

  Risk related to overseas freights fluctuation – The inflation rate and supply chain crisis experienced in 2021 and 2022 led to a significant increase in overseas freight costs. However, by September 30, 2023, there was a notable easing in both inflation and freight costs, reflecting an improvement in economic conditions and a stabilization in the supply chain.
     
  Risk related to inflation – In recent years, our China-based suppliers have increased the cost of their products due to inflation.

 

  Risk of seasonable sale of Pontoon Boats - A portion of our sales revenue generated from Massimo Marine has a seasonable sales pattern. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, our revenue generated from Massimo Marine was approximately 12.9% and 10.5% of our total revenue, respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, approximately 9.8% and 4.9% of our total revenue, respectively.

 

43
 

 

Results of Operations

 

For the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

 

The following table summarizes the results of condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) (unaudited) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 in U.S. dollars, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase or (decrease) during such periods.

 

   Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended 
   September 30,   September 30, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
                 
Revenues  $29,907,697   $20,759,684   $75,483,811   $61,572,677 
Cost of revenues   19,850,258    15,912,295    51,706,682    46,195,092 
Gross profit   10,057,439    4,847,389    23,777,129    15,377,585 
                     
Operating expenses:                    
Selling expense   2,104,505    2,102,360    6,541,244    5,405,908 
General and administrative   2,716,733    2,172,192    9,038,488    5,839,633 
Total operating expenses   4,821,238    4,274,552    15,579,732    11,245,541 
                     
Income from operations   5,236,201    572,837    8,197,397    4,132,044 
                     
Other income (expense):                    
Other income, net   41,133    231,036    113,001    353,104 
Interest expense   (213,901)   (162,427)   (494,011)   (378,235)
Total other income (expense), net   (172,768)   68,609    (381,010)   (25,131)
                     
Income before income taxes   5,063,433    641,446    7,816,387    4,106,913 
                     
Provision for income taxes   1,174,560    -    1,236,551    - 
                     
Net income and comprehensive income  $3,888,873   $641,446   $6,579,836   $4,106,913 

 

44
 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2023 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2022

 

   For the nine months ended September 30, 
   2023   2022         
   Amount   As %
of
Sales
   Amount   As %
of
Sales
   Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
   Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
                         
Sales  $75,483,811    100.0%  $61,572,677    100.0%  $13,911,134    22.6%
Cost of sales   51,706,682    68.5%   46,195,092    75.0%   5,511,590    11.9%
Gross profit   23,777,129    31.5%   15,377,585    25.0%   8,399,544    54.6%
Operating expenses                              
Selling expenses   6,541,244    8.7%   5,405,908    8.8%   1,135,336    21.0%
General and administrative expenses   9,038,488    12.0%   5,839,633    9.5%   3,198,855    54.8%
Total operating expenses   15,579,732    20.6%   11,245,541    18.3%   4,334,191    38.5%
Income from operations   8,197,397    10.9%   4,132,044    6.7%   4,065,353    98.4%
Other income (expenses)                              
Other income, net   113,001    0.1%   353,104    0.6%   (240,103)   (68.0)%
Interest expense   (494,011)   (0.7)%   (378,235)   (0.6)%   (115,776)   30.6%
Total other income/(expenses)   (381,010)   (0.5)%   (25,131)   -    (355,879)   1,416.1%
Income before income taxes   7,816,387    10.4%   4,106,913    6.7%   3,709,474    90.3%
Provision for income taxes   1,236,551    1.6%   -    -    1,236,551    N/A 
Net income  $6,579,836    8.7%   4,106,913    6.7%   2,472,923    60.2%

 

Revenues.

 

Revenues increased by $13.9 million, or 22.6%, to approximately $75.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from approximately $61.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. The increase in revenue was principally due to increased demand in the electric bike and fishing boat market. In 2022, shutdown of cities in China from April to June significantly affected our suppliers. We were completely out of stock for two out of the twelve months of 2022. The recovery of the electric bike and fishing boat markets was related to the reduction of impacts felt from the COVID-19 pandemic on manufacturing and the supply chain since 2022. An increase in demand and steady supply boosted our revenue in the first nine months of 2023 when compared with the same period in 2022.

 

Revenue by Type

 

   For the nine months ended September 30, 
   2023   2022         
Revenue category  Revenue   % of
total
Revenue
   Revenue   % of
total
Revenue
   Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
   Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
                         
UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes  $65,765,577    87.1%  $55,115,219    89.5%  $10,650,358    19.3%
Pontoon, tritoon and fishing boats   9,718,234    12.9%   6,457,458    10.5%   3,260,776    50.5%
Total  $75,483,811    100.0%  $61,572,677    100.0%  $13,911,134    22.6%

 

45
 

 

Revenue from sales of UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes

 

Revenue from sales of UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes increased by $10.7 million, or 19.3%, from $55.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $65.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase was primarily due to higher sales volume in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 when compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2022. The decrease in sales return was attributable to an increase in revenue. Starting from 2023, we strategically reduced the sales return rate by improving product quality and increaing customer satisfaction. We have enhanced our weekly tracking of warranty part demand to ensure timely customer service. Additionally, in 2023, we are gradually shifting sales from retailers with high return rates such as Costco, to other with lower return rates such as Tractor Supply Co.

 

Revenue from sales of Pontoon Boats

 

Revenue from sales of Pontoon Boats increased by $3.3 million, or 50.5%, from $6.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $9.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to strong demand in the Pontoon Boat market after stock supply returned to normal levels after the COVID-19 pandemic. In 2022, the shutdown of cities in China for two months affected our sales in the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Additionally, we put more resources on advertising and promotion of our Massimo Marine brand, which boosted our sales in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 when compared to same period last year.

 

Gross profit

 

Our gross profit increased by $8.4 million, or 54.6%, to $23.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 from $15.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Gross profit margin was 31.5% in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, as compared with 25.0% in the nine months ended September 30, 2022. The increase of 6.5% in the gross profit margin was primarily attributable to higher selling price due to higher market demand, as well as the lower cost of sales due to reduced freight costs in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared with the same period in 2022.

 

Our cost and gross profit by revenue types are as follows:

 

   For the nine months ended
September 30, 2023
   For the nine months ended
September 30, 2022
             
Category  Cost of
revenue
   Gross profit   Gross
profit %
   Cost of
revenue
   Gross
profit
   Gross
profit %
   Variance
in Cost of
revenue
   Variance
in gross
profit
   Variance
in gross
profit %
 
                                     
UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes  $43,547,341   $22,218,236    33.8   $40,975,052   $14,140,167    25.7   $2,572,289   $8,078,069    8.1 
Pontoon, tritoon and fishing boats   8,159,341    1,558,893    16.0    5,220,040    1,237,418    19.2    2,939,301    321,475    (3.2)
Total  $51,706,682   $23,777,129    31.5   $46,195,092   $15,377,585    25.0   $5,511,590   $8,399,544    6.5 

 

Cost of revenue on UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes increased by $2.6 million from $41.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $43.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023. and gross profit increased by $8.1 million from $14.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $22.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023. Gross margin increased from 25.0% in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to 31.5% in the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increased cost of revenue was in line with increase in sales. The increase in gross margin was mainly due to significant decline in global container freight since mid-2022. Our freight costs dropped by approximately 50% in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 when compared with the same period in 2022.

 

46
 

 

Cost of revenue on Pontoon Boats increased by $2.9 million from $5.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $8.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, and gross profit increased by $0.4 million from $1.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $1.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023. Gross profit margin decreased slightly from 19.2% in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to 16.0% in the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The decrease in gross margin was mainly due to some old models being sold at reduced prices in the beginning of the period. We rented a new warehouse for the Massimo Marine line to support its growing business operation in May 2023, resulting in a higher overhead cost in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, compared to the same period in 2022.

 

Selling expenses

 

Our selling expenses mainly include warranty expense, advertising and promotion expense, shipping and handling fee and merchant service fee. It increased by $1.1 million, or 21.0%, from $5.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $6.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, representing 8.7% and 8.8% of our total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase was mainly due to the increased warranty expense by $0.7 million or 82.6% from $0.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $1.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as a result of increased sales. The increase in shipping and handling costs by $0.3 million or 13.3% from $2.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $3.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 is attributable to an increase in selling expense.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

Our general and administrative expenses primarily include salaries and benefits, professional fee, office expenses, travel expenses, insurance expenses, and depreciation expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by $3.2 million, or 54.8%, from $5.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $9.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The increase was mainly due to increased salaries and benefits and professional fees. Our general and administrative expenses represented 12.0% and 9.5% of our total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

Our salaries and benefits increased by $0.6 million or 23.5%, from $2.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $3.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, representing 36.1% and 45.2% of our total general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The significant increase was mainly due to the Company recruiting more employees for the assembly line to speed up production and fulfill increase in demand and to support the growth of business.

 

Our professional fee increased by $1.5 million or 188.7%, from $0.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $2.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, representing 26.1% and 14.0% of our total general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase was mainly due to legal fees arising from lawsuits.

 

Interest expenses

 

Our interest expense increased by $0.1 million, from $0.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2022 to $0.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023. The significant increase in interest expense was mainly due to an increase in the average interest rate of 8.3% in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 (the nine months ended September 30, 2022: 4.4%).

 

47
 

 

Other income, net

 

Our other income was $0.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, as compared with other income of $0.3 million in nine months ended September 30, 2022, decreased by $0.2 million, or 68.0%. The decrease was primarily due to lower insurance claims. We received income from insurance claims of $33,042 and $200,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

Income before income taxes

 

We had income before income taxes of approximately $7.8 million and $4.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase of revenue by $13.9 million and gross profit by $8.4 million, which was partly offset by increase of general and administrative expenses by approximately $3.2 million, as well as other expenses as discussed above.

 

Provision for income taxes

 

The income tax expense was approximately $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023. We had no provision for income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, as before the Reorganization, Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine both elected to be taxed as an “S Corporation” under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and comparable state income tax law. As an S Corporation, Massimo Motor and Masson Marine are not subject to federal income tax and Texas state tax. Taxable income “passes through” to the personal tax returns of the owners. Therefore, no provision or liability for income taxes for Massimo Motor and Massimo Marine for the nine months ended September 30,2022.

 

Net income

 

We had net income of $6.6 million and $4.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to the increased revenues and gross as discussed above.

 

48
 

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2023 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2022

 

   For the three months ended September 30, 
   2023   2022   Amount   Percentage 
   Amount   As % of
Sales
   Amount   As % of
Sales
   Increase
(Decrease)
   Increase
(Decrease)
 
                         
Sales  $29,907,697    100.0%  $20,759,684    100.0%  $9,148,013    44.1%
Cost of sales   19,850,258    66.4%   15,912,295    76.6%   3,937,963    24.7%
Gross profit   10,057,439    33.6%   4,847,389    23.4%   5,210,050    107.5%
Operating expenses                              
Selling expenses   2,104,505    7.0%   2,102,360    10.1%   2,145    0.1%
General and administrative expenses   2,716,733    9.1%   2,172,192    10.5%   544,541    25.1%
Total operating expenses   4,821,238    16.1%   4,274,552    20.6%   546,686    12.8%
Income from operations   5,236,201    17.5%   572,837    2.8%   4,663,364    814.1%
Other income (expenses)                              
Other income, net   41,133    0.1%   231,036    1.1%   (189,903)   (82.2)%
Interest expense   (213,901)   (0.7)%   (162,427)   (0.8)%   (51,474)   31.7%
Total other income/(expenses)   (172,768)   (0.6)%   68,609    0.3%   (241,377)   (351.8)%
Income before income taxes   5,063,433    16.9%   641,446    3.1%   4,421,987    689.4%
Provision for income taxes   1,174,560    3.9%   -    -    1,174,560    N/A 
Net income  $3,888,873    13.0%  $641,446    3.1%  $3,247,427    506.3%

 

Revenues.

 

Revenues increased by $9.1 million, or 44.1%, to approximately $29.9 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023 from approximately $20.8 million in the three months ended September 30, 2022. The recovery of the electric bike and fishing boat markets was related to the reduction of impacts felt from the COVID-19 pandemic on manufacturing and the supply chain since 2022. The increase in demand and steady supply boost our revenue in three months in 2023 when compared with the same period in 2022.

 

Revenue by Type

 

   For the three months ended September 30, 
   2023   2022         
Revenue category  Revenue   % of
total
Revenue
   Revenue   % of
total
Revenue
   Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
   Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
                         
UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes  $26,953,580    90.1%  $18,499,983    89.1%  $8,453,597    45.7%
Pontoon, tritoon and fishing boats   2,954,117    9.9%   2,259,701    10.9%   694,416    30.7%
Total  $29,907,697    100.0%  $20,759,684    100.0%  $9,148,013    44.1%

 

Revenue from sales of UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes

 

Revenue from sales of UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes slightly increased by $8.5 million, or 45.7%, from $18.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2022 to $27.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in revenue was primarily due to higher sales volume and increased demand in the three months ended September 30, 2023 when compared with the same period last year. The decrease in sales return was attributable to an increase in revenue. Starting from 2023, we strategically reduced sales return rate by improving product quality and increasing customer satisfaction. We have enhanced our weekly tracking of warranty part demand to ensure timely customer service. Additionally, in 2023, we are gradually shifting sales from retailers with high return rates such as Costco, to others with lower return rates such as Tractor Supply Co.

 

49
 

 

Revenue from sales of Pontoon Boats

 

Revenue from sales of Pontoon Boats increased by $0.7 million, or 30.7%, from $2.3 million in the three months ended September 30, 2022 to $3.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in revenue was primarily attributable to strong demand in the Pontoon Boat market after the COVID-19 pandemic dissipated and stock supply returned to normal levels. In 2022, we had limited stock due to the shutdown of cities in China for two months, which affected our sales in the three months ended September 30, 2022.

 

Gross profit

 

Our gross profit increased by $5.2 million to $10.1 million in three months ended September 30, 2023 from $4.8 million in three months ended September 30, 2022. Gross profit margin was 33.6% in the three months ended September 30, 2023 as compared with 23.4% in three months ended September 30, 2022. The increase of 10.2% in the gross profit margin was primarily attributable to a decrease in sales return and drop in global container freight costs in the three months ended September 30, 2023 when compared to the same period last year.

 

Our cost and gross profit by revenue types are as follows:

 

   For the three months ended September 30, 2023   For the three months ended September 30, 2022             
Category  Cost of
revenue
   Gross profit   Gross
profit %
   Cost of
revenue
   Gross
profit
   Gross
profit %
   Variance
in Cost of
revenue
   Variance
in gross
profit
   Variance
in gross
profit %
 
                                     
UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes  $17,497,459   $9,456,121    35.1   $14,127,140   $4,372,843    23.6   $3,370,319   $5,083,278    11.5 
Pontoon, tritoon and fishing boats   2,352,799    601,318    20.4    1,785,155    474,546    21.0    567,644    126,772    (0.6)
Total  $19,850,258   $10,057,439    33.6   $15,912,295   $4,847,389    23.4   $3,937,963   $5,210,050    10.2 

 

Cost of revenue on UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes increased by $3.4 million from $14.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2022 to $17.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023. Gross margin increased from 23.6% in the three months ended September 30, 2022 to 35.1% in the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increased cost of revenue aligned with an increase in revenue. The increase of gross margin was mainly due to combined effect of the decrease in sales returns and decrease in global container freight costs in the three months ended September 30, 2023 when compared to the same period last year.

 

Cost of revenue on Pontoon Boats increased by $0.6 million from $1.8 million in the three months ended September 30, 2022 to $2.4 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023, and gross profit slightly increased by $0.1 million from $0.5 million in in the three months ended September 30, 2022 to $0.6 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023. Gross profit margin decreased slightly from 21.0% in the three months ended September 30, 2022 to 20.4% in the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase in gross profit was mainly due to an increase of sales in the three months ended September 30, 2023, and the decrease of gross margin in the three months ended September 30, 2023 is consistent with the same period in 2022.

 

50
 

 

Selling expenses

 

Our selling expenses mainly include warranty expense, advertising and promotion expense, shipping and handling fee, and merchant service fee. It remained stable at $2.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, representing 7.0% and 10.1% of our total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

Our general and administrative expenses primarily include salaries and benefits, professional fees, office expenses, travel expenses, insurance expenses, and depreciation expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by $0.5 million, or 25.1%, from $2.2 million in the three months ended September 30, 2022 to $2.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023. The increase was mainly due to increased salaries and benefits, professional fees and warranty expenses. Our general and administrative expenses represented 9.1% and 10.5% of our total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

Our salaries and benefits increased by $0.2 million or 25.5%, from $0.9 million in three months ended September 30, 2022 to $1.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023, representing 41.6% and 41.4% of our total general and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The significant increase was mainly due to our Company hiring more employees to support the growth of our business.

 

Our professional fees increased by $0.4 million or 137.6%, from $0.3 million in the three months ended September 30, 2022 to $0.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023, representing 24.0% and 12.6% of our total general and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase was mainly due to legal fees and settlement fees arising from lawsuit cases.

 

Interest expenses

 

Our interest expense increased by $51,474, from $162,427 in the three months ended September 30, 2022 to $213,901 in the three months ended September 30, 2023. The slight increase in interest expense was mainly due to increases in the average interest rate but with lower average loan principal in the three months ended September 30, 2023 when compared to the same period last year.

 

Other income, net

 

Our other income was $41,133 in the three months ended September 30, 2023, as compared with other income of $231,036 in the three months ended September 30, 2022, decreased by $189,903, or 82.2%. In the three months ended September 30, 2022, we had an insurance claim of $200,000 in the three months ended September 30, 2022 and recorded it as other income. We had no such income in the three months ended September 30, 2023.

 

Income before income taxes

 

We had income before income taxes of approximately $5.1 million and $0.6 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase of revenue, increase in gross profit, and the decrease in selling expense, as well as other expenses as discussed above.

 

Provision for income taxes

 

The income tax expense was approximately $1.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2023. We had no provision for income taxes for the three months ended September 30,2022, as before the Reorganization, Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine both elected to be taxed as an “S Corporation” under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and comparable state income tax law. As an S Corporation, Massimo Motor and Massimo Marine are not subject to federal income tax and Texas state tax. Taxable income “passes through” to the personal tax returns of the owners. Therefore, no provision or liability for income taxes for Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine for the three months ended September 30, 2022.

 

51
 

 

Net income

 

We had net income of $3.9 million and $0.6 million in the three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to the significant increased revenues and gross profit, decreased selling expenses, as well as increased general and administrative expenses as discussed above.

 

Cash Flows

 

For the Periods Ended September 30, 2023 and 2022

 

The following table sets forth summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

   Period Ended September 30, 
   2023   2022 
Net cash provided by (used in) by operating activities  $5,778,608   $(2,242,743)
Net cash used in investing activities   (68,871)   (185,234)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (5,499,666)   1,665,495 
Net (decreased) increase in cash   210,071    (762,482)
Cash, beginning of the period   947,971    1,288,854 
Cash, end of the period  $1,158,042   $526,372 

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $5.8 million in the period ended September 30, 2023, compared to cash used in operating activities of approximately $2.2 million in the period ended September 30, 2022. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to the following factors:

 

  Net income of approximately $6.6 million in the period ended September 30, 2023, compared to net income of approximately $4.1 million in the period ended September 30, 2022.
     
  Sales return liabilities decreased by approximately $0.3 million in the period ended September 30, 2023, compared with a decrease of approximately $0.2 million in the period ended September 30, 2022.
     
  Accounts receivable increased by approximately $1.6 million in the period ended September 30, 2023, compared to an increased by approximately $1.0 million in the period ended September 30, 2022.
     
  Inventory increased by approximately $0.04 million in the period ended September 30, 2023, compared to a increased by approximately $7.8 million in the period ended September 30, 2022.
     
  Prepayment, deposit and other receivable decreased by approximately $0.8 million in the period ended September 30, 2023, compared to decreased by approximately $0.1 million in the period ended September 30, 2022.
     
  Account payable increased by approximately $0.4 million in the period ended September 30, 2023, compared to decreased by approximately $2.7 million in the period ended September 30, 2022.
     
  The decrease of advances from customers by approximately $0.5 million in the period ended September 30, 2023, compared to an increase of approximately $0.3 million in the period ended September 30, 2022.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $68,871 in the period ended September 30, 2023, compared to net cash used in investing activities of $185,234 in the period ended September 30, 2022. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to the reduced purchase of plant, property and equipment in the period ended September 30, 2023.

 

52
 

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $5.5 million in the period ended September 30, 2023, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of approximately $1.7 million in the period ended September 30, 2022. The increase in net cash used in financing activities in the period ended September 30, 2023 was primarily attributable to repayment/withdrawal of shareholder advance by $3.9 million and repayment of bank loan of $1.6 million, compared to net proceeds from bank loan of $4.1 million which was partially offset by repayment of shareholder advance of $2.0 million in the period ended September 30, 2022.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase or (decrease) during such periods.

 

   For the Years Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021         
   Amount   As %
of
Sales
   Amount   As %
of
Sales
   Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
   Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
                         
Sales  $86,527,534    100.0%  $82,567,816    100.0%  $3,959,718    4.8%
Cost of sales   64,323,858    74.3%   65,526,818    79.4%   (1,202,960)   (1.8)%
Gross profit   22,203,676    25.7%   17,040,998    20.6%   5,162,678    30.3%
Operating expenses                              
Selling expenses   8,670,176    10.0%   6,095,479    7.4%   2,574,697    42.2%
General and administrative expenses   8,928,493    10.3%   6,572,729    8.0%   2,355,764    35.8%
Total operating expenses   17,598,669    20.3%   12,668,208    15.3%   4,930,461    38.9%
Income from operations   4,605,007    5.3%   4,372,790    5.3%   232,217    5.3%
Other income (expenses)                              
Other income, net   384,622    0.4%   799,977    1.0%   (415,355)   (51.9)%
Interest expense   (828,016)   (1.0)%   (454,066)   (0.5)%   (373,950)   82.4%
Total other income/(expenses)   (443,394)   (0.5)%   345,911    0.4%   (789,305)   (228.2)%
Income before income taxes   4,161,613    4.8%   4,718,701    5.7%   (557,088)   (11.8)%
Provision for income taxes   -    -    -    -    -    N/A 
Net income  $4,161,613    4.8%   4,718,701    5.7%   (557,088)   (11.8)%

 

Revenues.

 

Revenues increased by $4.0 million, or 4.8%, to approximately $86.5 million in Fiscal 2022 from approximately $82.6 million in Fiscal 2021. The increase in revenue was principally due to an increase of sales of Pontoon Boats of $4.4 million in Fiscal 2022, offset by a decrease of sales of UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes of $0.5 million in Fiscal 2022. The reason for the decreased sales of UTVs and ATVs in 2022 is that the shut-down of cities in China from April to June significantly affected our suppliers. We were completely out of stock for 2 out of 12 months in 2022.

 

Revenue by Type

 

   For the Year Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021         
Revenue category  Revenue   % of total
Revenue
   Revenue   % of total
Revenue
   Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
   Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
                         
UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes  $78,024,831    90.2%  $78,511,009    95.1%  $(486,178)   (0.6)%
Pontoon Boats   8,502,703    9.8%   4,056,807    4.9%   4,445,896    109.6%
Total  $86,527,534    100.0%  $82,567,816    100.0%  $3,959,718    4.8%

 

53
 

 

Revenue from sales of UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes

 

Revenue from sales of UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes slightly decreased by $0.5 million, or 0.6%, from $78.5 million in Fiscal 2021 to $78.0 million in Fiscal 2022. The reason for the decreased sales of UTVs and ATVs in 2022 is that the shut-down of cities in China from April to June due to COVID-19 pandemic significantly affected our suppliers. We were completely out of stock for 2 months out of 12 months in 2022. However, we increased the unit selling prices for majority of our products as a result of the supply chain issues we tried and to be consistent with the average trend in the market.

 

Revenue from sales of Pontoon Boats

 

Revenue from sales of Pontoon Boats increased by $4.4 million, or 109.6%, from $4.1 million in Fiscal 2021 to $8.5 million in Fiscal 2022. We started this sale stream from year 2020 and significantly sales occurred in Fiscal 2021. However, due to the supply chain crisis during COVID-19 pandemic, the production of Pontoon Boats was delayed due to slow shipping and delivery schedule in the year 2021. The production resumed to a normal status in Fiscal 2022, as we ordered and shipped our parts from China in advance to prepare the seasonal sales for summer 2022 and limited the negative impact of the “shut-down period” in China to a minimum. Additionally, we devoted more resources to promote this sales stream, evidenced by increased advertising expense in Fiscal 2022. As a result, the revenue generated from lounge Pontoon Boats increased significantly in Fiscal 2022.

 

Gross profit

 

Our gross profit increased by $5.2 million, or 30.3%, to $22.2 million in Fiscal 2022 from $17.0 million in Fiscal 2021. Gross profit margin was 25.7% in Fiscal 2022, as compared with 20.6% in Fiscal 2021. The increase of 5.1% in the gross profit margin was primarily attributable to higher selling price due to higher market demand, as well as the lower cost of sales due to and lower costs of raw materials in Fiscal 2022 as compared to Fiscal 2021.

 

Our cost and gross profit by revenue types are as follows:

 

   For the year ended
December 31, 2022
   For the year ended
December 31, 2021
             
Category  Cost of
revenue
   Gross profit   Gross
profit %
   Cost of
revenue
   Gross
profit
   Gross
profit %
   Variance
in Cost of
revenue
   Variance
in gross
profit
   Variance
in gross
profit %
 
                                     
UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes  $57,437,705   $20,587,126    26.4%  $62,286,168   $16,224,841    20.7%  $(4,848,463)  $4,362,285    5.7%
Pontoon Boats   6,886,153    1,616,550    19.0%   3,240,650    816,157    20.1%   3,645,503    800,393    (1.1)%
Total  $64,323,858   $22,203,676    25.7%  $65,526,818   $17,040,998    20.6%  $(1,202,960)  $5,162,678    5.1%

 

Cost of revenue on UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes decreased by $4.8 million from $62.3 million in Fiscal 2021 to $57.4 million in Fiscal 2022. Gross margin increased from 20.7% in Fiscal 2021 to 26.4% in Fiscal 2022. The decreased cost of revenue and increase of gross margin were mainly due to combined effect of decreased costs on raw materials from the vendors and increased average sales price. The Company doubled its sales on UTVs, ATVs, and electric bikes in year 2021 from year 2020, and it has more bargain powers to get more volume discount when it negotiate the purchase agreements with its major vendors for the next year’s orders. Also, the average sale price increased in year 2022 as a result of the supply chain issues we tried and to be consistent with the average trend in the market.

 

Cost of revenue on Pontoon Boats increased by $3.6 million from $3.2 million in Fiscal 2021 to $6.8 million in Fiscal 2022, and gross profit increased by $0.8 million from $0.8 million in Fiscal 2021 to $1.6 million in Fiscal 2022. Gross profit margin decreased slightly from 20.1% in Fiscal 2021 to 19.0% in Fiscal 2022. The increase in gross profit was mainly due to significant increase of sales in Fiscal 2022, and the decrease of gross margin is mainly due to higher direct labor costs, and higher overhead cost allocated to Marine line, consistent with higher sales in Fiscal 2022, compared to Fiscal 2021.

 

54
 

 

Selling expenses

 

Our selling expenses mainly include warranty expense, advertising and promotion expense, shipping and handling fee and merchant service fee. It increased by $2.6 million, or 42.2%, from $6.1 million in Fiscal 2021 to $8.7 million in Fiscal 2022, representing 10.0% and 7.4% of our total revenue for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively. The increase was mainly due to the increased advertising and promotion expense by $1.0 million or 134.7% from $0.8 million in Fiscal 2021 to $1.8 million in Fiscal 2022. Additionally, increase in merchant service fee by $0.7 million to $1.3 million in Fiscal 2022, as compared with $0.6 million, is another factor of rising selling expense. Increased shipping and handling fee as a result of increased sales also contributed to the increase in selling expense. Approximately $1.4 million in warranty expenses were recognized for Fiscal 2022, increased by $0.6 million from $0.8 million in Fiscal 2021.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

Our general and administrative expenses primarily include salaries and benefits, professional fee, office expenses, travel expenses, insurance expenses, and depreciation expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by $2.3 million, or 35.8%, from $6.6 million in Fiscal 2021 to $8.9 million in Fiscal 2022. The increase was mainly due to increased salaries and benefits, professional fee and warranty expense. Our general and administrative expenses represented 10.3% and 8.0% of our total revenue for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively.

 

Our salaries and benefits increased by $1.2 million or 40.6%, from $2.8 million in Fiscal 2021 to $4.0 million in Fiscal 2022, representing 44.7% and 43.2% of our total general and administrative expenses for Fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. The significant increase was mainly due to the Company hiring more employees to support the growth of business.

 

Our professional fee increased by $0.7 million or 92.2%, from $0.8 million in Fiscal 2021 to $1.5 million in Fiscal 2022, representing 16.2% and 11.4% of our total general and administrative expenses for Fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase was mainly due to legal fees and settlement fees arising from lawsuits.

 

Interest expenses

 

Our interest expense increased by $0.4 million, from $0.4 million in Fiscal 2021 to $0.8 million in Fiscal 2022. The significant increase in interest expense was mainly due to combined effect of increased averaged loan principal of $6.9 million in Fiscal 2022 compared to $3.7 million in 2021 and average interest rate of 5.06% in Fiscal 2022 compared to 3.5% in 2021.

 

Other income, net

 

Our other income was $0.4 million in Fiscal 2022, as compared with other income of $0.8 million in Fiscal 2021, decreased by $415,355, or 51.9%. In Fiscal 2021, we had the Paycheck Protection Program loan forgiveness of $714,613 and recorded it as other income. While, in Fiscal 2022, we recorded an insurance claim of $200,000 as other income.

 

Income before income taxes

 

We had income before income taxes of approximately $4.2 million in Fiscal 2022, as compared to income before income taxes of approximately $4.7 million in Fiscal 2021. The decrease was primarily attributable to the increase of selling expenses by $2.6 million and increase of general and administrative expenses by approximately $2.3 million, as well as other expenses as discussed above.

 

55
 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

Before the Reorganization, Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine both elected to be taxed as an “S Corporation” under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and comparable state income tax law. As an S Corporation, Massimo Motor Sports and Masson Marine are not subject to federal income tax and Texas state tax. Taxable income “passes through” to the personal tax returns of the owners. Therefore, no provision or liability for income taxes for Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Had the Company been taxed as a C Corporation and paid U.S. federal income tax for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company combined statutory income tax rate would have been 21% in each period, representing a U.S. federal income tax rate of 21.0% and no state tax for Texas. Had the Company been subject to U.S. federal income tax during these periods, on a pro forma basis, the provision for combined federal and state income tax would have been $873,939 and $990,927, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. As a result of the foregoing factors, the Company’s pro forma net income (after U.S. federal and state income tax) for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 would have been $3,287,674 and $3,727,774, respectively.

 

Net income

 

We had net income of $4,161,613 and $4,718,701 for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 respectively. The decrease was primarily attributable to the increased revenues and gross profit, increased selling expenses, as well as increased general and administrative expenses as discussed above.

 

Cash Flows

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

The following table sets forth summary of our cash flows for the years indicated:

 

   2022   2021 
Net cash provided by (used in) by operating activities  $621,293   $(1,296,653)
Net cash used in investing activities   (197,802)   (240,472)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (764,374)   2,518,855 
Net (decrease) increase in cash   (340,883)   981,730 
Cash, beginning of the year   1,288,854    307,124 
Cash, end of the year  $947,971   $1,288,854 

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $0.6 million in Fiscal 2022, compared to cash used in operating activities of approximately $1.3 million in Fiscal 2021. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to the following factors:

 

  Sales return liabilities decreased by approximately $1.0 million in Fiscal 2022, compared with a decrease of approximately $0.8 million in Fiscal 2021.
     
  Accounts receivable increased by approximately $1.1 million in Fiscal 2022, compared to a decrease by approximately $3.4 million in Fiscal 2021.
     
  Inventory decreased by approximately $1.4 million in Fiscal 2022, compared to a decrease by approximately $0.2 million in Fiscal 2021.
     
  Account payable decreased by approximately $1.2 million in Fiscal 2022, compared to a decrease by approximately $2.3 million in Fiscal 2021.
     
  The decrease of advances from customers from Fiscal 2021 by approximately $0.6 million in Fiscal 2022, compared to an increase of approximately $0.3 million in Fiscal 2021.

 

56
 

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $0.2 million in Fiscal 2022, compared to net cash used in investing activities of $0.24 million in Fiscal 2021. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to the reduced purchase of plant, property and equipment in Fiscal 2022.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $0.8 million in Fiscal 2022, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of approximately $2.5 million in Fiscal 2021. The increase in net cash used in financing activities in Fiscal 2022 was primarily attributable to repayment/withdrawal of shareholder advance by $2.5 million, which was offset by proceeds from bank loan of $1.6 million in Fiscal 2022, compared to proceeds from bank loan of $4 million which is offset by repayment of related party loan of $1.0 million, repayment of shareholder advance of $0.05 million and repayment of other loan of $0.4 million in Fiscal 2021.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

The general objectives of our capital management strategy reside in the preservation of our capacity to continue operating, in providing benefits to our stakeholders and in providing an adequate return on investment to our shareholders by selling our products at a price commensurate with the level of operating risk assumed by us.

 

We thus determine the total amount of capital required consistent with risk levels. This capital structure is adjusted on a timely basis depending on changes in the economic environment and risks of the underlying assets. We are not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

 

Working Capital

 

As of September 30, 2023, we had cash of approximately $1.2 million. Our current assets were approximately $37.1 million, including approximately $8.2 million accounts receivable, approximately $23.8 million inventory, approximately $3.1 million advance to suppliers and approximately $0.9 million prepayment and other receivables, and our current liabilities were approximately $29.3 million, including a line of credit from MidFirst Bank of $4.0 million, $10.8 million accounts payable to supplies, $1.2 million advances from customers, and $1.1 million liabilities from obligations under operating and financing leases, which resulted in a positive working capital of $7.8 million. The shareholder withdrew approximately $2.2 million from the Company as the capital dividend as the Company was an “S Corporation” before the Reorganization. As of December 31, 2022, we had cash of approximately $0.9 million. Our current assets were approximately $34.6 million, including approximately $6.8 million accounts receivable, approximately $23.8 million inventory, approximately $3.0 million advance to suppliers and approximately $0.01 million other current assets, and our current liabilities were approximately $31.1 million, including a line of credit from MidFirst Bank of $5.6 million, $11.1 million accounts payable to supplies, $0.7 million advances from customers, and $0.8 million liabilities from obligations under operating and financing leases, which resulted in a positive working capital of $3.5 million. The shareholder withdrew approximately $2.5 million from the Company as the cash dividend as the Company was an S Corporation before the Reorganization.

 

Our primary source of cash is currently generated from our business and bank borrowings. In the coming years, we will be looking to other sources, such as raising additional capital by issuing shares of stock, to meet our cash needs. While facing uncertainties regarding the size and timing of capital raise, we are confident that we can continue to meet operational needs solely by utilizing cash flows generated from our operating activities.

 

57
 

 

Loan Facilities

 

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the details of all bank loans are as follows:

 

   September 30,   December 31, 
   2023   2022 
           
MidFirst Bank  $4,000,000   $5,600,000 

 

On January 15, 2021, the Company’s subsidiary Massimo Motor Sports obtained a line of credit from MidFirst Bank, pursuant to which the Company has the availability to borrow a maximum $4.0 million out of this line of credit for two years at the U.S. prime rate + 0.25%. On August 15. 2021, this line of credit was increased to allow the Company to access a total of $7.4 million and the maturity date was extended to July 15, 2023. On April 18, 2022, this line of credit was further increased to $10.0 million, and maturity date is July 15, 2023. On June 15, 2023, the maturity date was extended to October 15, 2023. Subsequent to the period ended September 30, 2023, the maturity date was extended to January 13, 2024.

 

This line of credit is also personally guaranteed by Mr. David Shan, the Controlling Shareholder, and Miller Creek Holdings LLC, a related party controlled by Mr. David Shan. This line of credit is pledged by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventories.

 

Interest expenses for the above-mentioned bank loan amounted to $111,158 and $331,651 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively. Interest expenses for the above-mentioned bank loan amounted to $113,695 and $220,947 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the details of all bank loans are as follows:

 

   December 31,   December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Midfirst Bank  $5,600,000   $4,000,000 

 

Interest expenses for the above-mentioned bank loan amounted to $368,990 and $130,015 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

Our capital expenditures consist primarily of expenditures for the purchase of fixed assets and equipment leases as a result of our business growth. Our capital expenditures amounted to approximately $68,871 and $185,324 the period ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Our capital expenditures amounted to approximately $197,802 and $240,472 for Fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Contractual Commitments

 

As of September 30, 2023, the Company’s contractual obligations consist of the following:

 

Contractual Obligations  Total   Less than
1 year
   1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
 
Lease commitment  $2,074,894    1,171,094    891,474    12,326   $- 
Repayment of bank loan   4,000,000    4,000,000    -    -    - 
Total  $6,074,894    5,171,094    891,474    12,326   $- 

 

As of December 31, 2022, our contractual obligations consisted of the following:

 

Contractual Obligations  Total   Less than 1 year   1-3 years   3-5 years   More than 5 years 
Lease commitment  $1,572,890    855,314    680,642    36,934   $ 
Repayment of bank loan   5,600,000    5,600,000         -     
Total  $7,172,890    6,455,314    680,642    36,934   $ 

 

58
 

 

Off-balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

 

There were no off-balance sheet arrangements for the period ended September 30, 2023 and years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, that have, or that in the opinion of management are likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Future Related Party Transactions

 

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors must approve all related party transactions. All related party transactions will be made or entered into on terms that are no less favorable to us than can be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

 

Additional Paid-In Capital

 

On June 1, 2023, the Company entered into two agreements with ATIFUS. Pursuant to these agreements, ATIFUS agreed to investment of $1.0 million to Massimo Motor Sports and $1.0 million to Massimo Marine to exchange 15% of the outstanding shares common stock of Massimo Motor Sports and Massino Marine, respectively. ATIFUS contributed the additional paid-in capital of $361,841 and $981,841 to the Company for the three months and nine months period ended September 30, 2023. respectively. Pursuant to both agreements, Mr. David Shan shall maintain his sole authority to act on behalf of the Company and any decisions to be made by and among any members of the Company shall be made by majority vote.

 

Reorganization

 

On June 1, 2023, the Company completed its Reorganization. After the Reorganization, the Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine are 100% owned subsidiaries of Massimo Group, and Mr. David Shan and ATIFUS owns 85% (34,000,000 shares) and 15% (6,000,000 shares) of equity interest in Massimo Group, respectively.

 

On June 1, 2023, the Reorganization was complete and effectuated. All share information included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been retroactively adjusted for the Reorganization as if the changes occurred on the first day of the first period presented.

 

59
 

 

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risks

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Most of our raw materials are imported from China. The value of the Chinese Yuan against the U.S. dollar is affected by the changes in China and United States economic conditions. We do not believe that we currently have any significant direct foreign exchange risk and have not used any derivative financial instruments to hedge exposure to such risk.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the interest rates from our borrowings with banks. We have not been exposed to material risks due to the fact that our borrowing is not significant. and we have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest risk exposure. However, we cannot provide assurance that we will not be exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rate in the future.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

Liquidity risk arises through the excess of financial obligations over available financial assets due at any point in time. Our objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain sufficient readily available reserves in order to meet our liquidity requirements at any point in time. We achieve this by maintaining sufficient cash and banking facilities.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, contingent assets and liabilities, each as of the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the periods presented. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates their estimates and assumptions, and the effects of any such revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which they are determined to be necessary. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual outcomes could differ materially from those estimates in a manner that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Management has determined that, while there are no critical accounting estimates, the most significant estimates relate to sales returns, products warranty, allowance for credit loss and inventory provision. Each of these are discussed below.

 

Sales returns

 

The Company provides a refund policy to accept returns from end customer, which varies and depends on the different products and customers. The estimated sales returns are determined based upon an analysis of historical sales returns. Return allowances are recorded as a reduction in sales with corresponding sales return liabilities which are included in “accrued return liabilities”. The estimated cost of returned inventory is recorded as a reduction to cost of sales and an increase of right of return assets which is included in “inventories.” As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company recorded sales return liabilities associated with estimated product returns of $0.2 million, $0.6 million and $1.5 million in the consolidated balance sheet, respectively. The Company recorded reversal of sales return expense of $0.2 million and sales return expense of $2.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively. The Company recorded sales return expense of $1.1 million and $3.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively. The Company recorded sales return expense of $4.4 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

60
 

 

Products warranty

 

The Company generally provides a one-year limited warranty against defects in materials related to the sale of products. The Company considerers the warranty as an assurance type warranty since the warranty provides the customer the assurance that the product complies with agreed-upon specifications. Estimated future warranty obligations are included in cost of product sales in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The determination of the Company’s warranty accrual is based on actual historical experience with the product, estimates of repair and replacement costs and any product warranty problems that are identified after shipment. The Company estimates and adjusts these accruals at each balance sheet date in accordance with changes in these factors. As of September 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and, 2021,the Company recorded warranty liabilities associated with estimated product returns of $0.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million in the consolidated balance sheet, respectively. The Company recorded warranty expenses of $0.6 million and $1.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively, as a portion of selling expenses. The Company recorded warranty expenses of $0.2 million and $0.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively, as a portion of selling expenses. The Company recorded warranty expenses of $1.36 million and $0.76 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, and 2021 respectively, as a portion of selling expenses.

 

Allowance for credit loss

 

The Company considered various factors, including nature, historical collection experience, the age of the accounts receivable balances and the contract assets, credit quality and specific risk characteristics of its customers, current economic conditions, forecasts of future economic conditions, reversion period, and qualitative and quantitative adjustments to develop an estimate of credit losses. The Company has adopted loss rate method and individual specific valuation method to calculate the credit loss and considered the relevant factors of the historical and future conditions of the Company to make reasonable estimation of the risk rate. For accounts receivable aged less than one year and non-overdue contract assets, the Company uses the loss rate method, which is a combination of historical rate method and adjustment rate method, to estimate the credit loss. For accounts receivable aged over one year and overdue retainage receivable, the Company uses the individual specific valuation method to estimate the credit loss.

 

The Company writes off potentially uncollectible accounts receivable against the allowance for credit losses if it is determined that the amounts will not be collected. As of September 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company recorded allowance for credit loss of $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million in the consolidated balance sheet, respectively.

 

Inventory provision

 

The Company assessed the net realized value of each item of inventories and compared to the cost on the book, which include the cost of raw materials, freight and duty for raw materials, and adding labor costs and overhead costs for finished goods at end of each reporting period. Also, the Company reviewed any slowing moving or obsoleted items for inventory valuation. As of September 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 2021, he Company did not have inventory provision in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements, we believe that there were no critical accounting policies that affect the preparation of financial statements.

 

61
 

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We believe we are a leading company in the Mid-Tier Band of the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry. In 2020, we became one of the 15 largest pontoon manufacturers in the United States. Our emphasis on providing the sports enthusiast with powerful, affordable, and reliable products has enabled us to grow annual revenues and net income to in excess of $86 million and $4 million, respectively, in Fiscal 2022, and in excess of $75 million and $6 million, respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2023, since entering the industry in 2009.

 

We manufacture, import and distribute a diversified portfolio of products divided into two main lines: (1) UTVs, ATVs, motorcycles, scooters, golf carts and a juvenile line from go karts to balance bikes; and (2) recreational Pontoon Boats. In 2009, we began by distributing electric scooters, our first product. Since that time we have successfully entered the market for motorcycles, UTVs, ATVs, golf carts and Pontoon Boats, as well as a juvenile line from go karts to balance bikes and snow equipment. We have also been developing new product lines, such as EV chargers, electric coolers, power stations, portable solar panels and electric Pontoon Boats, all of which are currently available for sale. In addition to distributing our products, we intend to provide unparalleled customer service which includes over 600 motor vehicles and 5,500 marine third-party service providers across the United States, 24-hour customer support and an approximately 40,000 sq. ft. parts facility which enables us to fulfill most parts orders within 48 hours.

 

We seek to provide our customers with reliable, high-quality products at great value. By doing so, we believe we have developed a loyal customer base and achieved annual revenues and net income in excess of $86 million and $4 million, respectively, in the 12 months ended December 31, 2022, and in excess of $75 million and $6 million, respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

 

We are headquartered in a 286,000 sq. ft. facility of which 220,000 sq. ft. is dedicated to Massimo Motor Sports and 66,000 sq. ft. to Massimo Marine. Our facility is adjacent to seven acres for boat storage in Dallas, Texas, which houses a design center, two assembly lines, our parts department, a test track, dyno and over 30 loading docks. Our products are sold directly by us, in the e-commerce marketplace, and through a network of dealerships, distributors, and chain stores. We have a significant in-store UTV retail partnership with Tractor Supply Co.

 

We manufacture and assemble our products in our Dallas facility and rely upon an international network of strategic global partnerships to supply us with parts and components. In 2017, we began a partnership with Linhai Yamaha Motor Co., located in Shanghai, China which allowed us to rapidly expand our product line and increase the performance of our vehicles. Further, we partnered with Kubota, Japan to enter the Diesel UTV market in 2019.

 

Corporate History

 

Massimo Motor Sports, LLC was initially formed as a limited liability company in Texas on June 30, 2009 Massimo Marine was formed as a limited liability company in Texas on January 6, 2020. At the time of the respective formations, Mr. David Shan had held one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding membership interests of Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine.

 

62
 

 

On October 10, 2022, Massimo Group, a Nevada corporation, was formed, whereby Mr. David Shan was the sole stockholder. On June 1, 2023, to effectuate the Reorganization, ATIFUS entered into two separate contribution agreements with Massimo Marine and Massimo Motor Sports respectively, whereby ATIFUS committed to contribute $1,000,000 to Massimo Marine and $1,000,000 to Massimo Motor Sports in exchange for fifteen percent (15%) of membership interests in both entities. Simultaneously, on the same date, Mr. Shan and ATIFUS contributed their membership interests in Massimo Marine and Massimo Motor Sports, which was eighty-five percent (85%) and fifteen percent (15%) respectively, to Massimo Group in exchange for shares of common stock of Massimo Group, the end result being that Mr. David Shan and ATIFUS own eighty-five percent (85%) and fifteen percent (15%) of Massimo Group. Following the Reorganization, the following chart is a summary of our current corporate structure:

 

Impact of COVID-19

 

In December 2019, COVID-19 was first reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. COVID-19 spread rapidly to many parts of the PRC and other parts of the world in the first half of 2020, which caused significant volatility in the domestic and international markets. The COVID-19 pandemic adversely affected many aspects of our business, including the expansion of our customer base and the introduction of new product offerings. We temporarily closed our offices and production facilities partially in March 2020, as required by relevant local authorities. Our offices reopened in April 2020 upon approval from the local governments. Due to the extended lock-down and self-quarantine policies in Dallas, Texas, we experienced a business disruption during the lock-down period from early March to June 2020. In July 2020, due to the effective containment of COVID-19 in the United States, we resumed our full operation. Then, due to the lockdown in China, where most of our suppliers are, our stock supply was disrupted from May to July 2022. Our ability to re-supply our inventory resumed in August 2022. We estimate that we lost about $1.5 million of sales as a result of this supply disruption. However, the COVID-19 pandemic did not have a material net impact on the Company’s financial positions and operating results, and our revenue reached (i) approximately $86 million for Fiscal 2022, representing an increase of approximately $4 million or 5% from approximately $82 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and (ii) approximately $75 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, representing an increase of approximately $13 million or 23% from approximately $62 for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe we are a leading company in the Mid-Tier Band of the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry. The following strengths have enabled us to achieve our growth to date, and we believe will contribute to our ongoing growth:

 

Diversified and Comprehensive Product Portfolio

 

We have a robust portfolio of products, including UTVs and ATVs, golf carts, motorcycles, scooters, Pontoon Boats, snow equipment and a line of accessories for the outdoor enthusiast including electric coolers, power stations and portable solar panels. Our products provide enthusiasts with a variety of exhilarating, stylish and powerful vehicles for year-round use on a variety of terrains. The diversity of our products reduces our exposure to changes in consumer behavior in any single category and provides us with multiple avenues for continued growth. Furthermore, certain product lines are sold in offsetting seasons, reducing the overall seasonality of our sales and lowering cash flow influx risk.

 

In addition to its appeal to consumers, our broad product portfolio provides a compelling value proposition to our dealers and distributors and allows dealers to reduce seasonality, increase operational efficiency and facilitate inventory management.

 

Multiple Distribution Channels

 

We have established multiple distribution channels for our products, including our own e-commerce platforms, leading marketplace accounts, an extensive network of independent dealers and distributors, and relationships with some of the largest retailers in the United States including Tractor Supply Co., Lowes, Walmart, Costco, Sam’s Club, Home Depot, Orscheln Farm & Home, and more. Our multiple channels for distribution and large dealer network provide multiple avenues through which we can engage and communicate with consumers.

 

63
 

 

Strategic Partnerships with Leading Suppliers of High-Quality Products

 

We benefit from cordial relationships with leading suppliers throughout the world. We have ongoing relationships with leading manufacturers which enable us to offer our customers reliable leading-edge high-quality products at prices which represent great value. For example, our partnership with Linhai Yamaha Motor Co., a supplier located in Shanghai, China, has allowed us to increase our vehicles performance and expand our product lines in 2017. These relationships also enable us to cut costs while maintaining quality standards and plan shipments to control our inventory levels. Many of our manufacturing partners’ facilities are located in China, which enables them to offer lower cost manufacturing and rapid lead-times for end-market distribution in the United States.

 

Dedicated Customer Support Team

 

We have over 600 third-party motor sports service providers across the United States, more than 5,500 third-party marine boat dealers to service our Pontoon Boats and a dedicated staff of full-time employees including trained technicians to provide online and telephone support to our customers and dealers. This is a value-added service we provide, albeit we have not historically generated revenue from providing maintenance services. We carry full lines of parts, accessories and maintenance items across all models in our approximately 40,000 sq. ft. parts department and strive to fill all orders for parts and accessories within 48 hours.

 

State of the Art Facility

 

We are headquartered in a 286,000 sq. ft. facility of which 220,000 sq. ft. is dedicated to Massimo Motor Sports and 66,000 sq. ft. to Massimo Marine. Our facility is adjacent to seven acres for boat storage in Dallas, Texas, which houses a design center, two assembly lines, our parts department, a test track, dyno, and over 30 loading docks. In addition to serving as the manufacturing facility for our Pontoon Boats, the facility is equipped to quickly palletize and shrink wrap ATVs and UTVs so that most orders can be shipped to stores or distributors within three days.

 

Highly Experienced Management Team

 

Our experienced management team has demonstrated its ability to identify, create and implement new product opportunities, increase revenues, improve financial performance, and maintain a corporate culture dedicated to serving our customers and providing them with premium quality products at great value with unparalleled service.

 

Strategy

 

Our goal is to enter the Top-Tier Band of the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry and increase our market share through the following initiatives:

 

Open New Distribution Centers. A portion of the proceeds of this offering will be used to open new distribution centers in California and the Southeast of the United States. We expect that this will enable us to reduce the time and expense associated with delivering products, replacement parts and accessories to customers, distributors and retailers located in the western and eastern parts of the United States, thereby enabling us to reduce costs to customers or improve our margins while increasing customer satisfaction.

 

64
 

 

Expand our Internal Sales Capabilities. We will seek to strengthen our marketing efforts by hiring and incentivizing talented marketing professionals and sales personnel to increase our nationwide presence in the dealer, distributor and retailer communities, along with the military of the United States.
Invest in our Infrastructure. We believe our success greatly depends on our ability to maintain our operating efficiencies. To assist in this effort, we will use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to expand and upgrade portions of our IT systems, including our online sales and distribution networks.
Expand Our Product Lines. We plan to expand our product lines by introducing new models of UTVs, ATVs and recreational vehicles that cater to different customer needs and preferences. This will include models with advanced features that will include remote diagnostics capabilities and electric lines of our UTVs. We will continue to follow consumer trends and consult with our suppliers and distributors to identify new products and product upgrades we will offer to customers and distributors. Where possible, such as with our Pontoon Boats, we will upgrade our offerings and add new accessories to increase our profit margins.
Expand and Diversify our Supplier Base. To enable us to further diversify our product offerings, drive down our product costs and reduce our supply chain risks and improve quality control, we will seek to establish relationships with new suppliers in countries building their manufacturing capacities as certain buyers seek to reduce their dependence on Chinese manufacturers. Should appropriate opportunities arise, we will seek to vertically integrate our production capabilities by acquiring a manufacturing facility or opening our own plant.
Increase our Personnel. We intend to look to augment our current personnel by adding additional employees with experience to increase sales of our current products, identify and launch new products and increase our operating efficiencies. This will also include hiring experienced engineers, product designers, and sales representatives who can help the company achieve its growth objectives.
Acquisitions and Consolidation: We will explore potential acquisitions and consolidation opportunities in the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry to expand our market share and gain access to new technologies and capabilities.

 

Products

 

We have a diverse product line which includes industrial and recreational UTVs, recreational ATVs, golf carts, motorcycles, Pontoon Boats, juvenile products from go karts to balance bikes, snow equipment and a line of accessories including EV chargers, electric coolers, power stations and portable solar panels. The majority of our products are imported directly from our manufacturer network to our facility in Dallas where they are assembled, accessorized and inspected before shipment to a distributor or direct to the customer, with the exception of our Pontoon Boats, which are wholly manufactured at our Dallas facility. With the exception of our products designed for industry usage, our products are designed to serve and market towards recreational users.

 

We constantly monitor the consumer market and consult with suppliers to determine what new products we can offer customers. In determining whether to commence distributing a product, among other things, we consider the quality and reliability of the product, the value we believe we can deliver to the consumer based on the price to be paid to the supplier and the reliability of the supplier.

 

65
 

 

ATV and UTV

 

An ATV is an all-terrain vehicle—commonly called a four-wheeler or quad—designed for a single rider and typically used for recreation. A UTV is a utility terrain vehicle used for work or recreation. Designed with a cabin for two to four riders, it is often called an SxS or side-by-side.

 

We currently distribute four models of our MSA line of ATVs with base prices ranging from approximately $2,800 to $9,000, and four lines of UTVs with various models including golf carts, at prices ranging from $6,000 to $ 22,000. We maintain a full line of accessories and replacement parts for all of our ATVs and UTVs. In the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and Fiscal 2022, the majority of our ATV and UTV sales were gas powered models. Nevertheless, we offer electric versions of several our UTVs, particularly electric golf carts.

 

According to Frost & Sullivan, the market size of the ATV industry in the United States in terms of revenue grew at a CAGR of 5.0% from $2.2 billion in 2017 to $2.6 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow further to $3.9 billion in 2026 at a CAGR of 8.0%. The market size of the UTV industry in the United States in terms of revenue grew at a CAGR of 8.6% from $3.3 billion in 2017 to $4.6 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow further to $7.9 billion in 2026 at a CAGR of 11.4 %. ATV market growth rate is expected to be slower compared to UTV market growth partially because of drivers’ preference for a more comfortable and safer driving experience. Of the ATV and UTV vehicles sold in 2021, 63.2% were installed with gasoline propulsion and 34.1% with diesel propulsion with electric propulsion taking up the balance of 2.7% in 2021. It is expected that the percentage of electric propulsion vehicles sold will increase with diesel engines decreasing. However, gasoline propulsion is expected to be the consumers’ choice for the foreseeable future.

 

According to Frost & Sullivan, in 2021, 45.2% of the ATV and UTV vehicles were used for outdoor sports and recreation activities, 30.1% were used for agricultural activities and 24.7% were used for military purposes. There is an increase in demand for ATVs and UTVs for military activities such as driving on difficult terrains, transporting troops, and others. ATVs and UTVs are expected to experience substantial growth in the military segment, owing to superior mobility provided for tactical missions. Additionally, features such as high maneuverability, flexibility, and superior navigational aids providing instant directions for vehicle operators will help foster further market growth.

 

 

 

U.S ATV and UTV Market Size and Forecast (2017 – 2026E) from Frost & Sullivan

 

66
 

 

A red and black four wheeler on a hill

Description automatically generated

 

Massimo MSA 450F ATV

 

A blue vehicle on a rocky hill

Description automatically generated

 

67
 

 

Massimo T-Boss 550 UTV

 

A vehicle driving on a dirt road

Description automatically generated

 

Massimo Warrior 1000

 

Recreational Pontoon Boats

 

Pontoon Boats are flat-deck boats propelled by an outboard motor with two or three floating aluminum tubes supporting the deck. They are rectangular in shape, making them generally unsuitable for uneven or rough water and are popular in lakes where they are used for entertainment, fishing, sunbathing and other leisurely activities. Pontoon Boats have a large deck surface, which allows for more seats, luxury, comfort, expanded storage space, and increased capacity for a variety of activities depending on customers’ preferences.

 

We entered the Pontoon Boats market in 2020 when we successfully launched our first series of Pontoon Boats. We estimate that, by the end of 2022, our sales of Pontoon Boats placed us in approximately the top 15 pontoon manufacturers in the United States by volume. From inception, we have manufactured our Pontoon Boats in our Dallas facility. In terms of our product offerings, we currently offer both gas-powered and electric-powered boats and maintain a complete line of replacement parts and a broad range of accessories. After this offering, we intend to implement a “build a boat” program, where customers can select from a variety of models and add accessories.

 

The Pontoon Boats market has demonstrated remarkable growth since 2008, when the financial crisis resulted in declines across the boating industry. According to data from Statistical Surveys Inc. (“SSI”), Pontoon Boats, second to personal watercraft, have been a leading segment in the recreational boating industry over the last decade. Pontoon Boats made up 22% of total marine units registered in 2021, outperforming others in the main powerboat segment, SSI data reveals that 2021 pontoon registrations were some of the highest seen over the past 10 years. This includes a 16% increase from 2019 (57,287) to 2021 (66,280) when other recreational boat segments saw declines.

 

68
 

 

According to Frost & Sullivan, the size of the Pontoon Boat market in the United States in terms of revenue grew at a CAGR of 10.7% from $2.2 billion in 2017 to $3.3 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow further to $6.6 billion in 2026 at a CAGR of 14.9 %.

 

A graph of a number of blue bars

Description automatically generated with medium confidence

 

U.S Pontoon Boats Market Size and Forecast (2017 – 2026E) from Frost & Sullivan

 

A boat on a trailer

Description automatically generated

 

Massimo Pontoon Boat

 

69
 

 

Motorcycles, GO Karts, Youth Market and Accessories

 

Along with our larger vehicles, we offer a range of gas and electric powered wheeled vehicles for the sports enthusiast. These include lines of minibikes and motorcycles, at prices ranging from $700 to $8,000, including our recently introduced E-Spider 72V Trike, go karts for both children and adults, and a line of go karts, mini-bikes and electric balance bikes especially designed for the juvenile market. Each of these models is designed to appeal to a specific segment within the recreational powersports market, from youth models to electric vehicle enthusiasts.

 

 A group of motorcycles parked on grass

Description automatically generated

 

 

Massimo Go Kart, Mini 125 and Motorcycles

 

We offer a wide range of accessories for all of our vehicles including replacement parts and supplies, along with seasonal equipment such as snowplows and enclosures specially designed for our UTVs. Our outdoor accessories include EV chargers, portable solar panels, electric coolers and power stations. All of these products are now available for sale.

 

Marketing

 

Our target customers are the growing portion of the United States population participating in outdoor recreational activities, farmers and other industrial users that can benefit from the utility of an ATV or UTV. According to Frost & Sullivan, the number of people in the United States participating in outdoor recreational activities increased from 143 million in 2017 to 163 million people in 2021. This increase is attributed to several factors, including growth in rural areas as people leave the cities and the ability of consumers to work from home with a more flexible schedule allowing more time for outdoor weekend activities. These factors, coupled with new product lines and trendy features helped boost the repurchase rate for older consumers and increase the purchasing rate among new customers.

 

Major market drivers for ATVs are the greater affordability and ease of operation compared to larger more cumbersome vehicles. ATVs are typically less expensive than UTVs. Further, ATVs are easy to operate, especially if you have driven a motorcycle or snowmobile before.

 

For UTVs, major market drivers include excellent rideability and higher safety level, more options for customization, more storage room and the ability to hold more passengers. A UTV is controlled by a steering wheel as opposed to handlebars making it much easier to drive and allowing for familiarity for those who have driven a car or truck. Customers are more concerned about safety will likely be more comfortable in a UTV than an ATV. Due to their design, UTVs are more stable and easier to control. They also have additional safety measures not found on ATVs, such as seat belts and roll cages. Customers can now add lift kits, new suspensions, lighting systems, cabin heaters, stereo systems and much more to their UTVs than was previously available. Lastly, people who need a more utilitarian work vehicle tend to choose a UTV. In addition to higher payload capacities, UTVs usually have more storage room to haul around necessary equipment.

 

70
 

 

Major drivers of the Pontoon Boats industry in the United States include recent increases in disposable income coupled with the rise in watercraft sports activities across multiple states. Boating participation across the United States is growing as a result of escalating customer spending for motorized water sports. Pontoon Boats in particular are benefitting from the consumer preference for the comfort flat decks provide as compared to typical V-hull boats of the same length because of the increased open deck area. The larger decks make it easier to host a family outing, party, or fishing outing. Pontoon Boats also provide a more stable steady ride than a narrow v-hulled craft of similar size. Recent technological improvements, including the introduction of two- and four-stroke engines with direct injection technology, which provide improved fuel economy, lower emissions, and more power, is increasing demand for larger more sophisticated Pontoon Boats.

 

Multiple Distribution Channels

 

Our products are sold directly by us, in the e-commerce marketplace and through a network of dealerships, distributors, and retailers.

 

To reach our target customer, we have established multiple distribution channels for our products, including our own on-line sites, multiple popular e-commerce sites, an extensive network of independent dealers and distributors and relationships with some of the largest retailers in the United States including Tractor Supply Co., Lowes, Walmart, Costco, Sam’s Club, Home Depot, Orscheln Farm & Home, and more. We have a significant UTV retail partnership with Tractor Supply Co. through which we generated approximately $20 million and $10 million in revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and Fiscal 2022. Our multiple channels for distribution and large dealer network provide multiple avenues through which we can engage and communicate with consumers.

 

We have an in-house marketing staff which directs our ad campaigns and social media marketing as well as campaigns targeted at expanding our distributor network. Our marketing personnel work closely with our dealers, distributors and retailers organizing in-store and co-branded marketing programs. Since inception we have sought to develop recognition for our brand name among both consumers and distributors through a variety of advertising campaigns, including paid advertisements, landing page campaigns, co-branded campaigns, displays on YouTube and other forms of social media and industry reviews. Part of our strategy has been to seek out quality suppliers, some with recognized brands of their own, who can provide reliable, high quality vehicles with the latest features at good value.

 

Generally, our sales directly to independent dealerships account for the majority of our sales during each fiscal year. Once we establish partnerships with independent dealerships, we then sell our products directly to the dealers. The dealers are strategically located throughout the United States. Once they purchase our product, in the most typical situation, they sell the products out of their brick-and-mortar location to end users. The dealerships become our long-term partners and they work with us to promote our brand across their own networks and channels. Presently, we have established partnerships with dealerships who carry our products in approximately 2,800 locations across the United States and with retail stores such as Lowes, Home Depot, and Costco. Over the past several years, we have been actively focusing our efforts on expanding our direct dealer network.

 

71
 

 

Our partnerships with dealers are critical to expanding our brand awareness in new markets geographically. We are beginning to make inroads into the Canadian market and have initiated a relationship with an independent distributor in Ontario, Canada.

 

Most dealers and distributors distribute multiple products within our portfolio: ATVs and UTVs, Pontoon Boats, motorcycles, and other smaller vehicles as well as parts and accessories. Unlike our competitors, which market their products principally through their affiliated dealers, we also sell our products through well-known retailers such as Lowes, Tractor Supply Co., and other farm and industrial equipment dealers, boat and marine dealers and lawn and garden dealers.

 

Before entering into a formal partnership with a dealer, we conduct thorough background and credit checks to ensure the prospective partnership is beneficial for us and our customers. To incentive our partners to promote our brands, we implement performance-based incentive programs, which includes the possibility of obtaining additional benefits, such as promotional pricing.

 

Dedicated Customer Support Team

 

Our marketing effort does not stop when the customer purchases one of our products. After sale activities intended to maintain a positive relationship include delivery confirmation calls, review requests, warranty registration cards and reminders for scheduled maintenance and maintenance items. We have a dedicated staff of full-time employees including trained technicians to provide online and telephone support to our customers and dealers. We carry full line of parts, accessories and maintenance items across all models in our approximately 40,000 sq. ft. parts facility and strive to fill all parts orders within 48 hours. We provide extensive parts diagrams and service manuals and our trained technicians are available to both distributors and individual customers to assist with diagnosing and solving any problem that may come up.

 

Product Warranties

 

We provide limited warranty coverage for defects in materials and workmanship in our ATVs, UTVs and golf carts for a period of one year and Go-Kart and motorcycles for a period of six months. The warranty is non-transferable for the period of coverage if the vehicle is resold. Our limited warranty is void if the vehicle is used as a rental, racing or any modifications are made to the product. Although we employ quality control procedures, a product is sometimes distributed which needs repair or replacement. Historically, product recalls have not had a material effect on our business.

 

We have entered into an exclusive arrangement with Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick corporation (“Mercury Marine”), so all of our Pontoon Boats come equipped with a Mercury outboard engine and parts. Our Mercury Marine warranty and service program gives our customers access to 5,500 approved service centers in the United States. Like most luxury brands, we offer a ten year warranty on the deck of the Pontoon Boats and a lifetime warranty on aluminum on many materials and workmanship and a three-year warranty for defects in critical parts including the structure, pontoons, fencing, channels, motor mounts and rotomold seat frames caused by poor workmanship. Because we are Mercury exclusive, our customers receive a three-year warranty offered by Mercury Marine on everything supplied by Mercury, which includes digital control, hydraulic steering, throttle, steering system, engine, cables, and electrical. Our warranty, along with the Mercury Marine are transferable during the original warranty period and are in line with top level original equipment manufacturers.

 

72
 

 

Financing Arrangements

 

We have arrangements with Northpoint Commercial Finance and Automotive Finance Corporation to provide floor plan financing for our dealers and distributors. Substantially all of our products, including ATVs, UTVs, golf carts and Pontoon Boats are financed under arrangements in which we are paid within a few days of a product’s shipment. To incentivize our dealers and distributors, we bear the first three month of interest, so they pay no interest if our products are sold within 90 days of receipt.

 

We do not directly finance the purchase of our products, including ATVs, UTVs, golf carts, or Pontoon Boats. We do, however, have programs where we introduce our customers to lenders, such as Northpoint Commercial Finance and Automotive Finance Corporation, who are willing to provide financing for our UTVs, ATVs, golf carts and Pontoon Boats customer.

 

We work with several financing companies to offer competitive loans for prime and subprime buyers. Our partners can get prospective buyers prequalified with no impact to credit scores via quick online applications. We do provide promotional support with these partners to offer prime loan rates as low as 2.99%. We also sell select models direct which are paid in full prior to pick up or shipment.

 

Manufacturing and Sourcing

 

We manufacture our Pontoon Boats in our 286,000 sq. ft. facility of which 220,000 sq. ft. is dedicated to Massimo Motor Sports and 66,000 sq. ft. to Massimo Marine. Our facility is adjacent to a seven-acre storage area for boats in Dallas, Texas. This space houses a design center, two assembly lines, training rooms, an approximately 40,000 square foot parts department, and over thirty loading docks. Structural components and other materials are sourced locally from a variety of suppliers and electrical components and engines are obtained through an exclusive arrangement with Mercury Marine. We have entered into an exclusive arrangement with Mercury Marine, so all of our Pontoon Boats come equipped with a Mercury Marine outboard engine and parts.

 

Apart from the brand name items we offer to our customers, such as the outboard motor, depth finder, radio and stereo system, the materials and components used in our pontoons are generally available from multiple suppliers. If any supplier was unable to fulfill our needs, alternate sources are available. More than 60% of the value of our boats are USA sourced, thus limiting our risk for overseas interruption.

 

Substantially all products other than our boats, in particular our ATVs and UTVs, are sourced from select global manufacturers with which we have ongoing relationships. Our in-house sourcing and logistics personnel reach out to possible vendors, suppliers and raw material providers, and review their products and background to ensure that their products will meet our standards and that they can meet our needs on a timely basis. We review market trends with our major suppliers to coordinate manufacturing volumes and delivery dates and determine whether there is an opportunity to upgrade or accessorize a product to increase its customer appeal, the sales price and our margins. We currently have ongoing supply agreements in place with approximately 30 suppliers, two of which are located in the United States and the majority of which are in China.

 

In 2017, we entered into a partnership for engines with Linhai Yamaha Motor Co. which enabled us to increase the performance of our vehicles and offer new products. An agreement reached in 2019 with Kubota Japan enabled us to obtain a reliable diesel engine with which to enter the diesel UTV market. Currently, our top three suppliers are Linhai Powersports, Huzhou Meiwen Textile Imp. & Exp. Co., Ltd. and Linhai Co., Ltd., all of which are located in China and supplied us with approximately 68% and 66% (by cost) of our products in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and Fiscal 2022.

 

73
 

 

We believe that our relationship with reliable manufacturing partners in China has been one of the factors in our growth as it provided a steady source of quality products at costs which allowed us to deliver value to the ultimate consumer. Our business was affected by the supply chain disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. For example, due to the city lockdown in China where most of our suppliers are, our stock supply was disrupted from May to July 2022. Our ability to re-supply our inventory resumed in August 2022, but we estimate that we lost about $1.5 million of sales as a result of this supply disruption. In addition, due to the supply chain crisis in 2021 and 2022, the cost of our oversea freights increased significantly, double or even triple times from 2020 and 2019. To offset these price increases, we increased the selling prices for the majority of our products. Since 2023, the cost of overseas freights has decreased substantially, though it still exceeds the cost prior to the supply chain crises.

 

We do not currently expect to suspend our production, sales or maintenance of any of our products or experience higher costs due to constrained capacity or materially increased commodity prices or challenges sourcing materials. We believe our supply chain can respond to expected consumer demand and we will be able to continue to supply products to our customers at reasonable prices. We have not experienced, and do not currently expect to experience, surges or declines in consumer demand for which we are unable to adjust our supply. We have not been affected by export restrictions or sanctions. Nevertheless, we are focusing on broadening our base of suppliers to reduce our dependence on a limited number of suppliers for the majority of our products, to minimize the risk of relying upon Chinese manufacturers, including the risk of fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. Dollar and Chinese RMB.

 

Research and Development

 

In addition to our own internal R&D, we work closely with our suppliers to design innovative, high-performance products to build strong customer loyalty and sustain our reputation as a leading-edge manufacturer. Our suppliers will bear the expense of upfront engineering and design work, recouping the expense out of the amount charged for their products. We believe our successful development efforts enabled us to grow our annual sales of Pontoon Boats by 210% in Fiscal 2022, just two years after entering the market.

 

Information Technology

 

Our in-house design and logistics personnel rely heavily on IT systems to explore new product offerings, to ensure a smooth workflow, and production quality and control. Our relationships with our customers and distributors rely upon the latest technologies to maintain contact and foster a positive collaborative working relationship. As we grow, we will continue to rely heavily upon IT systems to maintain our operating efficiency.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We currently hold eight issued patents in the United States that protect certain aspects of our products, design and technologies. Each of our patents has a term of 14 years with the exception of one which has 15 years. As part of our ongoing efforts to prevent infringements on our intellectual property rights and to keep abreast of critical technology developments by our competitors, we closely monitor patent applications in the United States and China. The following is a summary of our patent portfolio:

 

No.   Name of Patents   Patent No.   Grant Date   Expiration Date
1   Motorbike design patent   US D643783S   August 23, 2011   August 23, 2025
2   Motorbike design patent   US D645791S   September 27, 2011   September 27, 2025
3   ATV design patent   D775563   January 3, 2017   January 3, 2031
4   ATV design patent   D701143   March 18, 2014   March 18, 2028
5a   Design patents acquired   D691924   October 22, 2013   October 22, 2027
5b   Design patents acquired   D788653   June 6, 2017   June 6, 2032
5c   Design patents acquired   D682750   May 21, 2013   May 21, 2027
5d   Design patents acquired   D709015   July 15, 2014   July 15, 2028

 

We also rely upon a combination of registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks, and trade names to strengthen our position as a branded motor sports company with increasing brand recognition. We hold various registered trademarks in the United States with respect to our brands and product lines. We carefully review the brands and trademarks being used by our competitors in the United States and other jurisdictions before using a new trademark and in determining the jurisdictions in which to register any new trademark used by us. As we continue to enter new product categories and develop new models of our current products, we plan to develop and register new trademarks to differentiate such products.

 

74
 

 

We intend on entering into confidentiality agreements with our suppliers, employees and consultants who may have access to our proprietary information. These agreements will provide that all inventions, ideas, discoveries, improvements, and copyrightable material made or conceived by the individual arising out of the employment or consulting relationship and all confidential information developed or made known to the individual during the term of the relationship are our exclusive property. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business, Strategy, and Industry—We have not made use of confidentiality agreements in the past and, although we intend to rely on such agreements in future dealings with suppliers, employees, consultants, and other parties, the prior lack or the breach of such agreements could adversely affect our business and results of operations.”

 

Employees

 

As of September 30, 2023, we had approximately 122 employees, of which approximately 13 were in management and administration, 29 were sales and service personnel, 65 were in manufacturing, nine were in quality control and six were in R&D. None of our employees are represented by a union, and our relationship with our employees is satisfactory.

 

Competition

 

ATV and UTV Markets

 

The ATV and UTV markets in the United States are very concentrated with a limited number of large well capitalized manufacturers representing more than 80% of the market. The major players in the market include Polaris, Bombardier Recreational Products (BRP), Arctic Cat, Honda and Yamaha. We seek to differentiate ourselves by offering products with the latest design features and options and by providing superior aftermarket support to our customers and distributors.

 

Pontoon Boats Market

 

The United States Pontoon Boats market is fragmented and there is a significant number of vendors which offer Pontoon Boats across the country. Competition among vendors is based on product offerings and pricing, putting a premium on offering up to date models with high-end accessories.

 

75
 

 

Seasonality

 

The ATV and UTV markets do experience some seasonality, but we have developed our product lines to appeal to seasonal customers to minimize any disruptions. In the Spring and Summer months, we focus on outdoor campaigns tailored to spring cleaning, planting, fishing and family outdoor activities. We promote our complimentary lines of outdoor accessories including electric coolers, outdoor power stations and solar panels. In the Fall and Winter months, we have a heavy push for hunting season in the United States, and we promote our winter accessories including snow blowers, snowplows and enclosures.

 

With Pontoon Boats, we are a distributor and a retailer, which gives us great seasonal protection. Dealers order higher volumes between October to March while retail orders are higher April to September. This gives us an overall balance. While winter months are always slower than summer months, it allows us to maintain cash flow during the winter season.

 

Product Liability

 

Product liability claims are made against us from time to time. We do not believe that the outcome of any pending product liability litigation will have a material adverse effect on our operations. However, no assurance can be given as to whether any material product liability claims against us will be made in the future.

 

Our commercial general liability insurance provides us with coverages of $2,000,000 general aggregate limit and $2,000,000 products-completed operations aggregate limit, with a minimal amount of deductible per claim. We also have umbrella liability insurance with coverage of $7,000,000 aggregate on top of general liability insurance and workers’ compensation insurance. We believe our current coverage is adequate for our existing business and will continue to evaluate the coverages in the future in line with our expanding sales and product breadth.

 

Insurance

 

We carry various insurance coverage policies to protect against certain risks consistent with the exposures associated with the nature of our operations. The most significant insurance policies that we carry include:

 

  commercial general liability insurance for bodily injury and property damage resulting from operations and our products;
     
  property insurance covering the replacement value of all real and personal property damage, including damages arising from earthquake, flood damage and business interruption;
     
  cargo insurance to protect against loss or damage to goods while in transit;
     
  workers’ compensation coverage in the United States to required statutory limits;
     
  directors and officers insurance; and
     
  cyber insurance to mitigate risk exposure by offsetting recovery costs following a cyber-related security breach or similar event.

 

All policies are subject to certain deductibles, limits or sub-limits and policy terms and conditions.

 

Inflation

 

While our business has been impacted by rising inflation, our management does not believe that it has had a material negative impact on our business and results of operations. In recent years, our China-based suppliers have increased the cost of their products as a result of inflation. However, these increases have thus far been offset by the exchange rate fluctuation of the Chinese RMB, which has resulted in there being no material change to our costs. Although we are looking to broaden our supplier base outside of China to reduce our dependence upon Chinese-based suppliers in general, there is no assurance we will be able to broaden our supplier base outside of China or that increases in in our cost of goods will continue to be offset by exchange rate fluctuations.

 

In addition, to reduce the impact of inflation, we have worked with our suppliers to enter into letters of credit pursuant to which we can make purchases and incur interest and fees at a lower rate than had we made the purchases using our existing bank loan.

 

76
 

 

Regulatory Issues

 

We are subject to extensive laws and regulations at many steps in the design, importing, production, marketing and distribution of our products. In addition to the laws and regulations applicable to any business, there are certain requirements applicable only to powersports vehicles, Pontoon Boats, recreational products and outdoor accessories such as those we distribute. These regulations include standards related to safety, construction rules, sound and gaseous emissions, and the sale and marketing of products, and have generally become stricter in recent years.

 

We endeavor to take appropriate measures to provide a safe, clean working environment for our employees. We strive to ensure and work with our manufacturing partners to ensure that the products we offer comply with current regulations and with more stringent regulations anticipated to become effective in the foreseeable future. Such measures include the development of new engines and vehicle designs, independently and with our supplier partners, as well as the development of new energy-efficiency related technologies. The failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations regarding employees and product safety, health, environmental and noise pollution could cause us to incur fines or penalties and our compliance programs require significant time and expense.

 

Distributor & Dealer Regulation

 

Our contractual relationships with distributors and dealerships throughout the country are subject to extensive regulation at the local, state and national level. Each state’s Department of Motor Vehicles sets rules concerning pricing, competition, warranty claims and other aspects of the vehicular dealership business. These laws are further supported by state-wide “lemon laws.” Lemon laws provide remedies for consumers who seek to be compensated for defective vehicles that fall short of accepted standards of quality and performance. The distribution of our vehicles is also regulated by state-wide licensing regimes, federal agency regulation and federal common law pertaining to the Uniform Commercial Code. We have taken efforts to comply with these regulations governing our relationships with our distributors and dealers by vetting our distributors and dealers to ensure their compliance with regulations statewide. The licenses and required compliance to do business in each state can become expensive, and we may allow our licenses to lapse if we ascertain that the costs outweigh the benefits. For example, in 2016, we allowed our Illinois license to expire and then in 2019, we reapplied for our Illinois license once we were confident that we would continue to generate revenue in the state to mitigate the costs.

 

Safety Regulation

 

Our products are subject to extensive laws, rules and regulations relating to product safety promulgated by the federal and state governments or regulatory authorities of the United States and the federal and provincial provinces in Canada. These requirements pertain to the design, production, distribution and use of our products. We are a member of several industry and trade associations in Canada, the United States, and other countries whose mandate is to promote safety in the manufacture and use of powersports products. Some of those trade associations promulgate voluntary industry product safety standards with which we and our suppliers comply. While we strive to meet the safety standards set by state and federal authorities, we have been subject to several inquiries by the U.S. Consumer Product Protection Commission regarding defective products. We have also been subject to penalties including a Stop Sale order on one of our electric balance bikes.

 

Use Regulation

 

In Canada, the United States and other countries, laws, rules and regulations have been promulgated or are under consideration relating to the use of powersports vehicles and boats. Some countries, provinces, states, municipalities and local regulatory bodies have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, legislation and local ordinances that restrict the use of snowmobiles, ATVs, UTV, Pontoon Boats and outboard engines to specified hours and locations. The use of many of these products has been restricted in some national parks and federal lands in Canada, the United States and other countries. In some instances, this restriction has consisted of a ban on the recreational use of these vehicles in specific locations.

 

Emissions Regulation

 

Our products are subject to sound and gaseous emissions laws, rules and regulations promulgated by the governments and regulatory authorities of Canada (Environment and Climate Change Canada), the United States (Environmental Protection Agency), individual American states (such as the California Air Resources Board) and other jurisdictions. Such laws, rules and regulations may require the development of new engines and vehicle designs, as well as the development of new energy-efficient technologies. The failure to comply with the laws, rules and regulations regarding product safety, health, environmental and noise pollution and other issues could result in fines or penalties and our efforts to comply with such regulations require significant time and expense.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. As of December 15, 2023, we are party to three (3) legal proceedings.

 

Taizhou Nebula Power Co. Ltd. v. Massimo Motor Sports, LLC

 

In September 2020, Nebula filed suit against us in the Dallas County District of Texas. Nebula has alleged that we owe them $2,343,868.60 for products that it shipped to us from 2017 to 2019. They also seek undefined damages they claim were caused by our failure to hit certain sales targets pursuant to the Distribution Agreement signed by both parties. We have filed a counterclaim against Nebula alleging that its sales to other distributors in the United States is in violation of the Distribution Agreement. The case is currently in the fact discovery phase, and the case is set for trial in January 2024.

 

Massimo Motor Sports, LLC v. Shandong Odes Industry

 

On September 13, 2021, we filed suit against Shandong and other defendants in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas. We are pursuing various claims against the defendants, including those based on the infringement of our trademarks, Shandong’s breach of an Exclusive Distribution Agreement by selling ATVs to other distributors in the U.S. and its tortious interference with respect to the employment agreement of a former employee of our company and the misappropriation of trade secrets. We are seeking injunctive relief and over $40,000,000 in damages. The Court recently vacated the November 27, 2023 trial date and said that it would reset the trial date after ruling on the motions for summary judgment.

 

Zhejiang Qunying Vehicle Co., Ltd. v. Cho International, Inc

 

On September 5, 2023, Zhejiang filed suit against us and ten other corporate entities in the Superior Court of the State of California for Orange County. Zhejiang alleges claims of approximately $6,000,000 in damages for products that were allegedly shipped to the United States but not paid for. Despite us being one of the ten entities that plaintiff has sued, we have had minimal interactions with Zhejiang. We have not purchased any products from Zheijang, and we intend to file a motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction and failure to state a claim.

 

In the opinion of our management, these cases, if determined adversely to us, would not individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, or cash flows.

 

In the past, we have also been subject to over fifty (50) legal proceedings encompassing: employment disputes, personal injury and wrongful death lawsuits, property damage lawsuits, product liability and manufacturing defect lawsuits and contractual disputes with our suppliers, distributors, customers, an on-site security provider, a freight shipping company and a previous law firm. These cases also include an inquiry by the Missouri Office of the Attorney General and the Pennsylvania State Board of Vehicle Manufacturers, Dealers and Salespersons. We do not believe that these past cases will have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, or cash flows. However, we cannot assure you that past litigation will not have an impact on our present reputation or goodwill among dealers, distributors and customers.

 

77
 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers and directors and their ages as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Name   Age   Position(s)
David Shan   57   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Dr. Yunhao Chen   46   Chief Financial Officer and Director Nominee
Michael Smith   40   Vice President
Paolo Pietrogrande   66   Independent Director Nominee, Chair of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Ting Zhu   53   Independent Director Nominee, Chair of Audit Committee
Mark Sheffield   53   Independent Director Nominee, Chair of Compensation Committee

 

Each of Paolo Pietrogrande, Ting Zhu and Mark Sheffield has agreed to serve as an independent director, effective upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

The following is a brief account of the business experience during the past five years (and, in some instances, for prior years) of each director, executive officer, and director nominees of our Company.

 

David Shan – Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

David Shan founded Massimo Motor Sports on June 30, 2009. He has served as Chief Executive Officer since 2009 and will become Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company upon consummation of this offering. Since founding the Company in 2009, he has designed and implemented the Company’s long-term business plan, and, over the years, he has led the Company to expand its product line to include a range of UTVs, ATVs, solar systems, electric coolers, and electric scooters. In 2018, Mr. Shan also founded Massimo Marine, a subsidiary of the Company that mainly focuses on manufacturing Pontoon Boats. Mr. Shan has consistently demonstrated his entrepreneurial spirit by successfully establishing, building, and managing multiple businesses. His track record as a business leader and operator exemplifies his entrepreneurial mindset and ability to identify opportunities, create value, and drive business growth. Mr. David Shan holds a bachelor’s degree in international trade from Qingdao Ocean University of China.

 

Dr. Yunhao Chen – Chief Financial Officer and Director Nominee

 

Dr. Yunhao Chen has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2023 and will serve as a director upon the consummation of this offering. Prior to joining the Company, Dr. Chen served as the Chief Financial Officer of a Nasdaq-listed company, where she led the company through its initial public offering process and directed and managed the company’s financial reporting and accounting functions. Dr. Chen oversaw the company’s investor relations and capital market functions and successfully executed several private placements. Dr. Chen, as our Chief Financial Officer, has extensive knowledge and experience with U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting and compliance requirements. As part of her experience, she has conducted analyses and research regarding a large amount of formal filings of SEC registrants, with focuses on financial disclosure, capital market anomaly, business valuation, internal control and auditing, corporate tax avoidance, and earnings-returns relation. With a Ph.D. in Accounting and an MBA in Finance and MIS from the University of Minnesota, and a BE degree from University of International Business and Economics of China, Dr. Chen has been active in academia. From 2007 to 2014, she served as a faculty member at the University of Miami and Florida International University. In addition, from 2011 until present, she has been teaching courses at the Southern Medical University in China’s Healthcare MBA program, including but not limited to Financial Statement Analysis and Business Valuation, Accounting for Managers, and Accounting Theories and Studies, among other undergraduate and graduate courses. She has presented research results and implications for policymakers at national and international conferences. Dr. Chen has also published research results in both accounting and finance journals, such as Financial Management, the Journal of American Tax Association, and the Journal of Information System.

 

78
 

 

Michael Smith – Vice President

 

Michael Smith will serve as our Vice President of the Company upon the consummation of this offering. Mr. Smith joined Massimo Motor Sports in 2019 and then subsequently joined Massimo Marine in 2020. He is currently the Vice President of Massimo Marine. Mr. Smith has played a key role in launching Massimo Marine in the mainstream marketplace. Prior to joining Massimo Marine, in 2001, Mr. Smith founded a mobile detail company, which he sold in 2005. In 2006, he founded an online powersports retail company, which he later sold in 2011. In 2011 until 2019, Mr. Smith founded and served as an executive of another powersports retail company, which designed products and distributed its products throughout the United States. Mr. Smith holds multiple design and utility patents and dedicates his career to developing new innovative products that have the potential to be profit drivers in the Powersports Vehicles and Boats Industry. While receiving a full scholarship to Georgia Tech University for Biomolecular Engineering, Mr. Smith ultimately decided to pursue International Business and Marketing at the University of California San Diego, where he graduated with his bachelor’s degree.

 

Ting Zhu – Independent Director Nominee, Chair of Audit Committee

 

Ting Zhu will serve as our independent director and chair of our Audit Committee upon the consummation of this offering. Ms. Zhu is an active licensed certified public accountant in Texas since 2005. Prior to 2005, Ms. Zhu worked in various certified public accounting firms and industries, which include Pricewaterhouse Coopers, Zale Lipshy University Hospital, and Automatic Products Corporation. From 2007 until 2014, Ms. Zhu was one of the founders of First Home Improvement, a trading company. In 2010, she founded Spring Creek Tax Services. Spring Creek Tax Services provides tax compliance service for small- to middle-size businesses and individuals. It is not a licensed certified public accounting firm.

 

Paolo Pietrogrande – Independent Director Nominee, Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Paolo Pietrogrande will serve as our independent director and chair of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee upon the consummation of this offering. Since 2004, Mr. Pietrogrande has been the Managing Partner of Netplan Management Consulting, LLC, a US-based executive advisory with a subsidiary in Italy, supporting individuals, organizations and companies in defining their goals and in executing action lists with effectiveness, integrity, social responsibility and passion. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Pietrogrande has also been serving as the interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Restructuring Officer of Egea SPA, the second largest privately owned utility provider in Italy serving 900,000 residents with water, waste, energy and public lighting services, with 1300 employees and over 300,000 customers. He is also the Chairman of TLRnet, a holding company of Egea Group, a leading district heating developer. Mr. Pietrogrande also serves as the Chairman of Edera Impresa Sociale, an R&D incubator for the civil construction industry, a benefit company and is a director of various publicly listed companies, including but not limited to Falck Renewables SPA, Neodecortech SPA (stock-listed decor paper manufacturer), among other companies. Mr. Pietrogrande received his doctorate degree in Chemical Engineering from Sapienza University of Rome, and he received a certificate of management of technology and innovation at California Institute of Technology.

 

79
 

 

Mark Sheffield – Independent Director Nominee, Chair of Compensation Committee

 

Mark Sheffield will serve as our independent director and chair of our Compensation Committee upon the consummation of this offering. Since 2006, Mr. Sheffield has been a strategic advisor for Woods Cycle Country, a dealership in Texas for goods in the Powersports Vehicles and Boat Industry, including motorcycles, ATVs, and watercraft. Since 2016, Mr. Sheffield has also been a powersports, recreational vehicle, and marine business consultant for Spader Business Management. Mr. Sheffield currently serves on the Board of Directors of the Texas Motorcycle Dealer Association and the National Powersports Dealer Association, advocacy groups for dealers in the Powersports Vehicles and Boat Industry. Mr. Sheffield has also worked with other dealers, including America’s Powersports, Honda of Houston, and Woods Indian Motorcycle.

 

Board of Directors and Committees

 

Upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our Registration Statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, our Board of Directors will consist of five directors, including two executive directors and three independent directors. We will also establish an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Compensation Committee under the Board of Directors. We will adopt a charter for each of the three committees. Each of the committees of our Board of Directors shall have the composition and responsibilities described below.

 

Director Independence

 

We intend to apply to list our common stock on Nasdaq. The listing rules of this stock exchange generally require that a majority of the members of a listed company’s Board of Directors, and each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees, be independent within specified periods following the closing of an initial public offering. Our Board of Directors has determined that Paolo Pietrogrande, Ting Zhu and Mark Sheffield do not have any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and such directors are “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3, described below.

 

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) subject to the transition rule that is applicable to a newly public company. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the Board of Directors, or any other board committee accept, directly or indirectly, receive any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

80
 

 

Family Relationships

 

Except as disclosed herein, none of the directors or executive officers have a family relationship as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executives has, during the past ten years, been involved in any legal proceedings in subscription (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

 

Controlled Company Status

 

A controlled company is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. We are a controlled company because Mr. Shan, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, holds more than 50% of our voting power, and we expect we will continue to be a controlled company upon completion of this offering.

 

Therefore, for so long as we remain a controlled company, we technically qualify and are eligible to be exempted from the obligation to comply with certain Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, however, we do not currently plan to take advantage of the exemptions provided to controlled companies, which include:

 

  our Board of Directors is not required to be comprised of a majority of independent directors;
  our Board of Directors is not subject to the compensation committee requirement; and
  we are not subject to the requirements that director nominees be selected either by the independent directors or a nomination committee comprised solely of independent directors.

 

The controlled company exemptions do not apply to the audit committee requirement or the requirement for executive sessions of independent directors. We are required to disclose in our annual report that we are a controlled company and the basis for that determination. Although we do not currently plan to take advantage of the exemptions provided to controlled companies, we may in the future take advantage of such exemptions.

 

Role of the Board of Directors in Risk Oversight

 

The Board of Directors is responsible for assessing the risks facing our company and considers risk in every business decision and as part of our business strategy. The Board of Directors recognizes that it is neither possible nor prudent to eliminate all risk, and that strategic and appropriate risk-taking is essential for us to compete in our industry and in the global market and to achieve our growth and profitability objectives. Effective risk oversight, therefore, is an important priority of the Board of Directors.

 

While the Board of Directors oversees our risk management, management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our Board of Directors expects management to consider risk and risk management in each business decision, to proactively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities and to effectively implement risk management strategies that are adopted by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors expects to review and adjust our risk management strategies at regular intervals following the completion of the offering, or as needed.

 

81
 

 

Code of Business Conduct

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, the “Code of Business Conduct,” to ensure that our business is conducted in a consistently legal and ethical manner. Our policies and procedures cover all major areas of professional conduct, including employee policies, conflicts of interest, protection of confidential information, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The Code of Business Conduct will be available at our website at [    ]. The reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of conduct, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in public filings.

 

Board Committees

 

Upon completion of the offering, our Board of Directors will appoint an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and will adopt charters for each of these committees.

 

Audit Committee

 

Upon the closing of this offering, the Audit Committee will consist of Ting Zhu, Paolo Pietrogrande and Mark Sheffield, with Ting Zhu serving as Chairman. The Audit Committee will assist the Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to the financial management of our Company and oversight of our accounting and financial reporting, our independent registered public accounting firm and its audits, our internal financial controls and the continuous improvement of our financial policies and practices. In addition, the Audit Committee will be responsible for reviewing and discussing with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. The responsibilities of the Audit Committee, which will be set forth in its charter, will include:

 

  appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
     
  pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;
     
  reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;
     
  coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;
     
  establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints, whistleblowers, and concerns; and
     
  reviewing and approving any related party transactions.

 

The expected composition of our Audit Committee will comply with all applicable requirements of the SEC and the listing requirements of Nasdaq. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

82
 

 

Compensation Committee

 

Upon the closing of this offering, the Compensation Committee will consist of Mark Sheffield, Ting Zhu, and Paolo Pietrogrande, with Mr. Sheffield serving as Chairman. The Compensation Committee will assist the Board of Directors in setting and maintaining our compensation philosophy and in discharging its responsibilities relating to executive and other human resources hiring, assessment and compensation, and succession planning. The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee, which will be set forth in its charter, include:

 

  reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer;
     
  evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our chief executive officer;
     
  determining the compensation of all our other officers and reviewing periodically the aggregate amount of compensation payable to such officers;
     
  overseeing and making recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to our incentive-based compensation and equity plans; and
     
  reviewing and making recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to director compensation.

 

The expected composition of our Compensation Committee will comply with all applicable requirements of the SEC and the listing requirements of Nasdaq. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Upon the closing of this offering, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consist of Paolo Pietrogrande, Mark Sheffield and Ting Zhu, with Mr. Pietrogrande serving as Chairman. The responsibilities of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which will be set forth in its charter, will include:

 

  making recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the size and composition of the Board of Directors;
     
  recommending qualified individuals as nominees for election as directors;
     
  reviewing the appropriate skills and characteristics required of director nominees;
     
  establishing and administering a periodic assessment procedure relating to the performance of the Board of Directors as a whole and its individual members; and
     
  periodically reviewing the corporate governance guidelines and supervising the management representative charged with implementing our corporate governance procedures.

 

The expected composition of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will comply with all applicable requirements of the SEC and the listing requirements of Nasdaq. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the expected members of the Compensation Committee will or was at any time been an officer or employee. None of our executive officers serve or in the past fiscal year has served as a member of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or expected to serve on the Compensation Committee.

 

83
 

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and each of our other executive officers whose aggregate salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for services rendered in all capacities for the fiscal years December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position   Year    

Salary

$

   

Bonus

$

   

Option

Based

Awards

$

   

Stock

Awards

$

   

Other

Compensation (2)

$

   

Total

$

 
David Shan,   2022     $ 205,792                             $   (3)   $ 205,792  
Chief Executive Officer   2021     $ 125,000                                     $ 125,000  
Dr. Yunhao Chen   2022                                                  
Chief Financial Officer   2021                                                  
Quenton Peterson,   2022     $ 186,118                                     $ 186,118  
Vice President(1)   2021     $ 100,000                                       100,000  
Michael Smith   2022     $ 130,500                             $ 5,000 (4)   $ 135,500  
Vice President(2)                                                      
    2021     $ 100,022                                       100,022  

 

 
  (1) Mr. Peterson has served as Vice President of Massimo Motor Sports and the compensation in the table reflects compensation paid by Massimo Motor Sports to Mr. Peterson.
  (2) Mr. Smith serves as Vice President of Massimo Marine and the compensation in the table reflects compensation paid by Massimo Marine to Mr. Smith.
  (3) In 2022, Mr. Shan received salary of $125,000 from Massimo Motor Sports and $80,792 from Massimo Marine.
  (4) In 2022, Mr. Smith received sales commission of $5,000 based on sales performance.

 

Director and Officer Liability Insurance

 

We intend to purchase director and officer liability insurance that provides financial protection for our directors and officers in the event that they are sued in connection with the performance of their services and also provides employment practices liability coverage, which insures for harassment and discrimination suits.

 

84
 

 

Compensation Pursuant to Agreements and Plans

 

Employment Agreements

 

Historically, we have not entered into employment agreements with our executive officers.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, no members of our Board of Directors received compensation in their capacity as directors. Historically, we have not paid our directors. We will also reimburse all directors for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with their services provided in such capacity.

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have not implemented an equity incentive plan nor have we issued any equity incentive awards. After the completion of this Offering, we intend to implement an equity incentive plan. The plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee. Awards under the plan may be granted to officers, directors, employees and those consultants who qualify as a consultant or advisor under the instructions to Form S-8. The Compensation Committee has broad discretion in making awards; provided that any options shall be exercisable at the fair market value on the date of grant.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

As of December 31, 2022, we had no outstanding equity awards.

 

85
 

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

Based solely upon information made available to us, the following table sets forth information as of the date of this prospectus regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

  each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;
     
  each of our named executive officers and directors; and
     
  all our executive officers and directors as a group.

 

The number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned after this offering gives effect to the issuance by us of [     ] shares of common stock in this offering assuming an initial public offering price of $[     ] per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. In computing the number and percentage of shares beneficially owned by a person, shares that may be acquired by such person (for example, upon the exercise of options or warrants) within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are counted as outstanding, while these shares are not counted as outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated, each person or entity named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our capital shown as beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

The address of each holder listed below, except as otherwise indicated, is c/o 3101 W Miller Road, Garland, Texas 75041.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner 

Shares of Common

Stock Beneficially

Owned(1)

  

Percent of Common

Stock Beneficially

Owned Before

offering(1)

  

Percent of Common

Stock Beneficially

Owned After

offering(1)

 
Mr. David Shan   34,000,000    85%         [  ]%
Asia International Securities Exchange Co., Ltd   6,000,000    15%   [  ]%
All directors and executive officers as a group (6 persons)   34,000,000    85%   [  ]%

 

 

*Less than 1%.

 

(1)Percentage ownership is based on 40,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering and [  ] shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering (over-allotment option not exercised).

 

86
 

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The following are transactions from December 31, 2021 through the date of this prospectus between us and enterprises that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are under common control with: (a) us, (b) our directors; (c) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of the Company that gives them significant influence over the Company, and close members of any such individual’s family; (d) key management personnel, that is, those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company, including senior management of companies and close members of such individuals’ families; and (e) enterprises in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (c) or (d) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence.

 

Following completion of this offering, our Audit Committee will review all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and all such transactions be approved by the Audit Committee. In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the Audit Committee shall consider, among other factors, the following factors to the extent relevant to the related party transaction:

 

  whether the terms of the related party transaction are fair to the Company and on the same basis as would apply if the transaction did not involve a related party;
  whether there are business reasons for the Company to enter into the related party transaction;
  whether the related party transaction would impair the independence of an outside director;
  whether the related party transaction would present an improper conflict of interest for any director or executive officer of the Company, taking into account the size of the transaction, the overall financial position of the director, executive officer or the related party, the direct or indirect nature of the director’s, executive officer’s or the related party’s interest in the transaction and the ongoing nature of any proposed relationship, and any other factors the Audit Committee deems relevant; and
  any pre-existing contractual obligations.

 

The following are the major related parties and their relationships with us:

 

Name of Related Party   Relationship to the Company
David Shan   Controlling shareholder of the Company
Custom Van Living   Controlled by David Shan
Miller Creek Holdings LLC   Controlled by David Shan
SUNL Technology LLC   Controlled by David Shan
ATIF Holdings Limited   Related to ATIFUS

 

87
 

 

As of September 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 2021, accounts receivable from related parties consists of the following:

 

   September 30,   December 31,   December 31, 
   2023   2022   2021 
Accounts receivable from SUNL Technology LLC   20,212    20,212    69,027 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, there was no sales from SUNL Technology LLC. For year ended December 31, 2022, the Company sold certain electric scooters to SUNL Technology LLC. The related sales represented approximately 0.01% of the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022. As at September 30, 2023 and December 30, 2022, the Company has accounts receivable balance of $20,212 and $20,212 from SUNL Technology LLC.

 

As of September 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had balances of $141,127, $142,427 and 172,400, respectively, due to Custom Van Living for work done on custom vans.

 

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 the Company had a $400,000 balance due to ATIF Holding Limited for consulting services in connection with the Company’s initial public offering.

 

As of September 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 2021, the balance due to shareholder consists of the following:

 

  

September 30,

   December 31,   December 31, 
   2023   2022   2021 
             
Due to shareholder – David Shan, opening balance  $10,984,344   $1,484,426   $1,530,026 
Withdrawal   (3,582,876)   (2,500,082)   (45,600)
Capital dividend declared   2,200,000    12,000,000    - 
Due to shareholder – David Shan, ending balance  $9,601,468   $10,984,344   $1,484,426 

 

The balance represented unsecured, due on demand and interest-free borrowings between the Company and Mr. Shan. Mr. Shan periodically provides working capital to support the Company’s operations when needed. During the nine months ended September 30, 2023, a non-taxable dividend of $2.2 million was declared to Mr. Shan from its accumulated retained earnings before the reorganization and Mr. Shan withdrew approximately $3.5 million from the Company to pay the income taxes as the owner of the S Corporation before the reorganization. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company declared a non-taxable capital dividend to Mr. Shan from its accumulated retained earnings, and Mr. David Shan withdrew approximately $2.5 million from the Company to pay the income taxes calculated based on the Company’s net profits reported to the Internal Revenue Service as a S Corporation. As of September 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company owed $9,601,468, $10,984,344 and $1,484,426 due to Mr. Shan, respectively.

 

On August 1, 2018, the Company signed a lease agreement with Miller Creek Holding LLC, a related party owned by Mr. Shan to rent the warehouse and office space of total 220,000 square feet for a monthly rent of $40,000. The lease expired on July 31, 2021 and was renewed for another three years, expiring on July 31, 2024, with monthly rent of $60,000.

 

The Company recorded rent expenses of $540,000, $720,000 and $580,000 for the nine month ended September 30, 2023 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 in connection with the Miller Creek Holding LLC lease arrangement, respectively.

 

On April 29, 2023, the Company signed a lease agreement with Miller Creek Holding LLC, a related party owned by Mr. David Shan, the Controlling shareholders, to rent the warehouse and office space of total 66,000 square feet for monthly rent of $35,000 used for its operation. The lease expires on April 30, 2026.

 

The Company recorded rent expense of $105,000 and 175,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively in connection with this lease arrangement.

 

In connection with the Company’s bank borrowing, Mr. Shan and Miller Creek Holdings LLC provided an unlimited guarantee to the Company’s bank loan.

 

Statement of Policy

 

All future transactions between us and our officers, directors or five percent stockholders, and respective affiliates will be on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and will be approved by a majority of our independent directors who do not have an interest in the transactions and who had access, at our expense, to our legal counsel or independent legal counsel.

 

To the best of our knowledge, during the past three fiscal years, other than as set forth above, there were no material transactions, or series of similar transactions, or any currently proposed transactions, or series of similar transactions, to which we were or are to be a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any director or executive officer, or any security holder who is known by us to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of any class of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, has an interest (other than compensation to our officers and directors in the ordinary course of business).

 

88
 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

The following description of our capital stock is a summary only and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable provisions of the NRS, and our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. You should refer to, and read this summary together with, our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, each as amended and restated to date, to review all of the terms of our capital stock. Our Articles of Incorporation and amendments thereto are incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Common Stock

 

We have authorized capital stock consisting of 100,000,000, shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we have 40,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding.

 

Each share of our common stock is entitled to equal dividends and distributions per share with respect to the common stock when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors. No holder of any shares of our common stock has a preemptive right to subscribe for any of our securities, nor are any shares of our common stock subject to redemption or convertible into other securities. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, and after payment to our creditors and preferred stockholders, if any, our assets will be divided pro rata on a share-for-share basis among the holders of our common stock. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all stockholder matters. Shares of our common stock do not possess any cumulative voting rights.

 

The presence of the persons entitled to vote a majority of the outstanding voting shares on a matter before the stockholders constitute the quorum necessary for the consideration of the matter at a stockholders’ meeting.

 

Except as otherwise required by law, the Articles of Incorporation, or any certificate of designations, (i) at all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors, a plurality of votes cast are sufficient to elect such directors; (ii) any other action taken by stockholders are be valid and binding upon us if the number of votes cast in favor of the action exceeds the number of votes cast in opposition to the action, at a meeting at which a quorum is present, except that adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by stockholders requires the vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote; and (iii) broker non-votes and abstentions are considered for purposes of establishing a quorum but not considered as votes cast for or against a proposal or director nominee. Each stockholder has one vote for every share of stock having voting rights registered in his or her name, except as otherwise provided in any preferred stock designation setting forth the right of preferred stock stockholders.

 

The common stock does not have cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of 51% of the common stock voting for election of directors can elect 100% of our directors if they choose to do so.

 

89
 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our Articles of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of 5,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our Board of Directors. No shares of preferred stock are currently issued or outstanding. Accordingly, our Board of Directors is empowered, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, redemption, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. We may issue some or all of the preferred stock to effect a business transaction. In addition, the preferred stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of us.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar of our common stock is Transhare Corporation.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions Under the NRS

 

Certain provisions of Nevada law, and our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws (subject, where applicable as described below, our opting out of certain provisions of Nevada law), contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

 

These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board of Directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

Business Combinations

 

Sections 78.411 to 78.444 of the Nevada revised statues (the “NRS”) prohibit a Nevada corporation from engaging in a “combination” with an “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested stockholder and place certain restrictions on such combinations even after the expiration of the three-year period. With certain exceptions, an interested stockholder is a person or group that owns 10% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting power (including stock with respect to which the person has voting rights and any rights to acquire stock pursuant to an option, warrant, agreement, arrangement, or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion or exchange rights) or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 10% or more of such voting stock at any time within the previous three years.

 

A Nevada corporation may elect not to be governed by Sections 78.411 to 78.444 by a provision in its Articles of Incorporation. We do not have such a provision in our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, pursuant to which we have elected to opt out of Sections 78.411 to 78.444; therefore, these sections apply to us.

 

Control Shares

 

Nevada law also seeks to impede “unfriendly” corporate takeovers by providing in Sections 78.378 to 78.3793 of the NRS that an “acquiring person” shall only obtain voting rights in the “control shares” purchased by such person to the extent approved by the other stockholders at a meeting. With certain exceptions, an acquiring person is one who acquires or offers to acquire a “controlling interest” in the corporation, defined as one-fifth or more of the voting power. Control shares include not only shares acquired or offered to be acquired in connection with the acquisition of a controlling interest, but also all shares acquired by the acquiring person within the preceding 90 days. The statute covers not only the acquiring person but also any persons acting in association with the acquiring person.

 

A Nevada corporation may elect to opt out of the provisions of Sections 78.378 to 78.3793 of the NRS. We do not have a provision in our Articles of Incorporation pursuant to which we have elected to opt out of Sections 78.378 to 78.3793; therefore, these sections apply to us.

 

Removal of Directors

 

Section 78.335 of the NRS provides that 2/3rds of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company are required to remove a Director from office. As such, it may be more difficult for stockholders to remove Directors due to the fact the NRS requires greater than majority approval of the stockholders for such removal.

 

90
 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have [_______] shares of common stock outstanding [___] shares if the Underwriters’ Overallotment Option is exercised in full. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our shares of common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our shares of common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares of common stock, and while we intend to submit application for the shares of common stock to be listed on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the shares of common stock.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least six months, as measured by SEC rule, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours and has held their shares for at least one year, as measured by SEC rule, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, as measured by SEC rule, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately [___] shares immediately after this offering; and

 

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

91
 

 

Affiliates who sell restricted securities under Rule 144 may not solicit orders or arrange for the solicitation of orders, and they are also subject to notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

 

Persons who are not our affiliates are only subject to one of these additional restrictions, the requirement of the availability of current public information about us, and this additional restriction does not apply if they have beneficially owned our restricted shares for more than one year.

 

Rule 701

 

Under SEC Rule 701, shares of our common stock acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock plans may be resold, by:

 

persons other than affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and

 

our affiliates, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to the manner-of-sale and volume limitations, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the six-month holding period requirement of Rule 144.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Our officers, directors and principal stockholders (defined as owners of 5% or more of our common stock) have agreed, subject to some exceptions, not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the consent of the Representative. After the expiration of the 180 day period, the common stock held by our directors, executive officers and our existing shareholders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

 

92
 

 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

This section describes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares of common stock by a non-U.S. holder. You are a non-U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

a nonresident alien individual,
a foreign corporation, or
an estate or trust that in either case is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis on income or gain from stock.

 

This section does not consider the specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder and does not address the Medicare tax on net investment income or the treatment of a non-U.S. holder under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction. In addition, this section addresses only shares of our common stock that are held as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment). This section is based on the tax laws of the United States, including the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), existing and proposed regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holding our common stock should consult its tax advisors with regard to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

You should consult a tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of common stock in your particular circumstances, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

 

Dividends

 

We currently do not anticipate paying any dividends with respect to our common stock. However, if we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our common stock) in respect of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will generally be treated first as a tax-free return of capital, on a share-by-share basis, to the extent of your tax basis in our common stock (and will reduce your basis in such common stock), and, to the extent such portion exceeds your tax basis in our common stock, the excess will be treated as gain from the taxable disposition of the common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

 

Except as described below, dividends paid to you on common stock are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, the withholding agent will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless you have furnished to the withholding agent:

 

Except as described below, dividends paid to you on common stock are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, the withholding agent will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless you have furnished to the withholding agent:

 

  a valid U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8 or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, your status as a non-U.S. person and your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments, or

 

  in the case of payments made outside the United States to an offshore account (generally, an account maintained by you at an office or branch of a bank or other financial institution at any location outside the United States), other documentary evidence establishing your entitlement to the lower treaty rate in accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations.

 

93
 

 

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by filing a refund claim with the IRS.

 

If dividends paid to you are “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and, if required by a tax treaty, the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, withholding agents are generally not required to withhold tax from the dividends, provided that you have furnished to the withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify under penalties of perjury that:

 

  you are a non-U.S. person, and

 

  the dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and are includible in your gross income.

 

“Effectively connected” dividends are taxed on a net income basis at rates applicable to U.S. citizens, resident aliens and domestic U.S. corporations.

 

If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” dividends that you receive may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain that you recognize on the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  the gain is “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting the holder to U.S. taxation on a net income basis;

 

  you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions exist; or

 

  we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (as described below), at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period, whichever period is shorter, you are not eligible for a treaty exemption, and either (i) our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market (such as The NASDAQ) during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs or (ii) you owned or are deemed to have owned, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period, whichever period is shorter, more than 5% of our common stock.

 

If the gain from the disposition of shares of our common stock is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by a tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States), you will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the disposition at rates applicable to U.S. citizens, resident aliens and domestic U.S. corporations. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” gains that you recognize may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above, you will be subject to a flat 30% tax (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) on the gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States.

 

94
 

 

We will be a U.S. real property holding corporation if, on any applicable determination date, the fair market value of our “U.S. real property interests,” as defined in the Code and applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate fair market value of our worldwide real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As discussed above, however, even if we are or become a U.S. real property holding corporation, you will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain that you recognize on the sale or other disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, provided that (i) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market (such as The NASDAQ) during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs and (ii) you have not owned or have been deemed to have owned, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period, whichever period is shorter, more than 5% of our common stock. If, however, you are subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain that you recognize on the sale or other disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (i.e., the requirements in the proviso in the preceding sentence are not satisfied), such gain would generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax (but not branch profits tax) in the same manner as “effectively connected” gain discussed above, and a 15% withholding tax may apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition (but not if our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market).

 

FATCA Withholding

 

Pursuant to sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, commonly known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a 30% withholding tax (“FATCA withholding”) may be imposed on certain payments to you or to certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons receiving payments on your behalf if you or such persons fail to comply with certain information reporting requirements. Payments of dividends that you receive in respect of our common stock could be affected by this withholding if you are subject to the FATCA information reporting requirements and fail to comply with them or if you hold our common stock through a non-U.S. person (e.g., a foreign bank or broker) that fails to comply with these requirements (even if payments to you would not otherwise have been subject to FATCA withholding). You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the relevant U.S. law and other official guidance on FATCA withholding.

 

Federal Estate Taxes

 

If you hold our common stock at the time of your death, it will be included in your gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

We and other payors are required to report payments of dividends on our common stock on IRS Form 1042-S even if the payments are exempt from withholding. You are otherwise generally exempt from backup withholding and information reporting requirements with respect to dividend payments and the payment of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock effected at a U.S. office of a broker provided that either (i) you have furnished a valid IRS Form W-8 or other documentation upon which the payor or broker may rely to treat the payments as made to a non-U.S. person, or (ii) you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

Payment of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, a sale effected at a foreign office of a broker could be subject to information reporting in the same manner as a sale within the United States (and in certain cases may be subject to backup withholding as well) if (i) the broker has certain connections to the United States, (ii) the proceeds or confirmation are sent to the United States or (iii) the sale has certain other specified connections with the United States.

 

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will generally be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability (if any), and you generally will be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld that exceed your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

95
 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

In connection with this offering, we plan to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as the representative of the Underwriters (the “Representative”), in this offering. The Representative may retain other brokers or dealers to act as sub-agents or selected dealers on their behalf in connection with this offering. The Underwriters have agreed to purchase from us, on a firm commitment basis, the number of common stock set forth opposite its name below, at the offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

 

Underwriter 

Number of

Common Stock

 
      
Total         

 

The Underwriters are committed to purchase all the common stock offered by this prospectus if they purchase any common stock. The Underwriters are not obligated to purchase the common stock covered by the Underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase common stock as described below. The Underwriters are offering the common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement, such as the receipt by the Underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

Certain of the Underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both inside and outside the U.S. through their respective selling agents. Any offers or sales in the U.S. will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC.

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, we have agreed to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase from us up to an additional [  ] common stock, representing 15% of the common stock sold in the offering, solely to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts. The Underwriters may exercise this option any time during the 45-day period after the closing date of the offering, but only to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent the Underwriters exercise the option, the Underwriters will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the shares for which they exercise the option.

 

Fees, Commissions and Expense Reimbursement

 

We will pay the Underwriters a fee/commission equivalent to seven point five percent (7.5%) of the gross proceeds of this offering. The Underwriters propose initially to offer the common stock to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at those prices less the aforesaid fee (“underwriting discount”) set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If all of the common stock offered by us are not sold at the offering price, the Underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms by means of a supplement to this prospectus.

 

96
 

 

The following table shows the underwriting fees/commission payable to the Underwriters, assuming an initial public offering price of $[          ] per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of this prospectus):

 

   Per Share   Total 
Public offering price  $    $  
Discounts and commissions to Underwriters  $    $  

 

We agreed to pay to the Representative non-accountable expenses equal to 1% of the gross proceeds raised in the offering. We have also agreed to reimburse the Representative for certain accountable expenses not to exceed the total amount of $170,000 (of which $50,000 has been paid upon the execution of the engagement letter with the Representative), including the Representative’s legal fees, background check expenses, and all other expenses related to the offering.

 

We estimate that the total expenses payable by us in connection with the offering, other than the underwriting fees and commissions, will be approximately $1,155,000.

 

We have agreed to issue to the Representative and to register herein warrants to purchase up to [          ] common stock (equal to five percent (5%), including shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the over-allotment option) of the common stock sold in this offering and to also register herein such underlying common stock. The Representative Warrants will be exercised at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from six (6) months after the commencement of sale of the offering and expiring four and a half years (4.5) years from the commencement of sales of the offering. The Representative Warrants are exercisable at a per share price of 125% of the offering price of the common stock offered hereby. The Representative Warrants shall not be callable or cancellable.

 

The Representative Warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the commencement of sales of the offering, of which this prospectus forms a part (in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110), except that they may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any successor, officer, manager, member, or partner of the Representative, and to members of the syndicate or selling group and their respective officers, managers, members or partners. The Representative Warrants may be exercised as to all or a lesser number of shares, will provide for cashless exercise and will contain provisions for on-demand registration of the sale of the underlying shares of our common stock at the Company’s expense and immediate “piggyback” registration rights at our expense for a period of five years from the date of commencement of sales of the offering. We have registered the common stock underlying the Representative Warrants in this offering.

 

The Underwriters intend to offer our common stock to their retail customers only in states in which we are permitted to offer our common stock. We have relied on an exemption to the blue-sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on a National Securities Exchange are “covered securities.” If we were unable to meet listing standards of a National Securities Exchange, we would be unable to rely on the covered securities exemption to blue sky registration requirements. In such case, we would need to register the offering in each state in which we planned to sell shares. Consequently, we will not complete this offering unless we meet a National Securities Exchange’s listing requirements and our application to list on the exchange is approved.

 

The foregoing does not purport to be a complete statement of the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement. A form of the Underwriting Agreement is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

97
 

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

The Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, each of the Company and any successors of the Company will not, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC any registration statement relating to, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (ii) complete any offering of debt securities of the Company, other than entering into a line of credit with a traditional bank, or (iv) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of the Company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

In addition, each of our directors, officers and holders of 5% or more of common stock on a fully diluted basis immediately prior to the consummation of this offering has agreed that for a period of six (6) months, without the prior written consent of the Representative, and subject to certain exceptions, they will not, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock of the Company, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such person or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition; (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities; (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any such securities; or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any such securities.

 

Right of First Refusal

 

If, during the 12-months following consummation of this Offering, the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the Company or any of its subsidiaries (i) decides to finance or refinance any indebtedness using a manager or agent, the Underwriter (or any affiliate designated by the Underwriter) shall have the right to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner, sole placement agent and/or sole advisor, at the Underwriter’s sole discretion, with respect to such financing or refinancing; ·or (ii) decides to raise funds by means of a public offering or a private placement of equity or debt securities using an Underwriter or placement agent, the Underwriter (or any affiliate designated by the Underwriter) shall have the right to act as exclusive financial advisor, sole investment banker, sole book-runner and/or sole placement agent, at the Underwriter’s sole discretion, for such financing. the Underwriter shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker dealer shall have the right to participate in any such offering and the economic terms of any such participation. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be required to engage the Underwriter as its manager, agent, Underwriter or placement agent, if it engages in a financing transaction directly with the lender or investor without using any intermediary.

 

Tail

 

The Underwriter will be entitled to a commission of eight percent (8.0%) of the gross proceeds raised and the same warrant coverage as set forth above under “ – Representative’s Warrants,” calculated in the manner set forth therein, with respect to any public or private offering or other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind (“Tail Financing”)  to the extent that such financing or capital is provided to the Company by investors whom the Underwriter had introduced to the Company prior to the consummation of the Offering if such Tail Financing is consummated at any time on or before December 11, 2024. The Company, in its sole discretion, has the right to reject any investor introduced to it by the Underwriter.

 

98
 

 

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

 

In connection with the offering the Underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

Stabilizing transactions permit the Underwriters to make bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

Over-allotment involves sales by the Underwriters of the common stock in excess of the number of common stock the Underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of common stock over-allotted by the Underwriters is not greater than the number of common stock that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of common stock involved is greater than the number of common stock in the over-allotment option. The Underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing common stock in the open market.

 

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of common stock to close out the short position, the Underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of our common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase common stock through the over-allotment option. If the Underwriters sell more common stock than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the Underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

Penalty bids permit the Underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who are the Underwriters or prospective Underwriter may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

 

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of common stock. As a result, the price of common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq or otherwise, and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

99
 

 

Determination of Offering Price

 

We determined the public offering price of the common stock we are offering in consultation with the Underwriter based on discussions with potential investors in light of the history and prospects of our Company, the stage of development of our business, our business plans for the future and the extent to which they have been implemented, an assessment of our management, the public stock price for similar companies, general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering and such other factors as were deemed relevant.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be delivered to potential investors by the Underwriter. The prospectus in electronic format will be identical to the paper version of such prospectus. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Underwriter’ website and any information contained in any other website maintained by the Underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

 

Relationships

 

The Underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include the sales and trading of securities, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, financing, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. The Underwriters and their respective affiliates may have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, a variety of such activities and services for us and for persons or entities with relationships with us for which they received or will receive customary fees, commissions and expenses.

 

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the Underwriters and their respective affiliates, directors, officers and employees may at any time purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments, and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers. Such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to our assets, securities and/or instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The Underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments. In addition, the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

 

Selling Restrictions

 

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the common stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the common stock, where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the common stock may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

 

100
 

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

 

This prospectus:

 

does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), or the Corporations Act;

 

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or the ASIC, as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act;

 

does not constitute or involve a recommendation to acquire, an offer or invitation for issue or sale, an offer or invitation to arrange the issue or sale, or an issue or sale, of interests to a “retail client” (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations) in Australia; and

 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

 

The common stock may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the common stock may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any common stock may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the common stock, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

 

As any offer of common stock under this prospectus will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the common stock you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the common stock, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

 

Resale restrictions. The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of the common stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.

 

101
 

 

Representations of Canadian purchasers. By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106—Prospectus Exemptions;

 

the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103—Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations;

 

where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent; and

 

the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

 

Conflicts of Interest. Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that the Underwriters are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105—Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this prospectus.

 

Statutory rights of action. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) such as this prospectus contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

Enforcement of legal rights. All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

 

Taxation and eligibility for investment. Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Cayman Islands

 

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the common stock, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. The common stock have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Cayman Islands.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Dubai International Financial Centre, or the DIFC

 

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA, in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this prospectus is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

 

102
 

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a Relevant State), no common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Underwriters for any such offer; or

 

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any common stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

 

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the common stock described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the common stock has been or will be:

 

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the common stock to the public in France.

 

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the FrenchCode monétaire et financier;

 

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1° -or-2° -or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

 

The common stock may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

 

103
 

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

 

The common stock may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules promulgated thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules promulgated thereunder.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

 

The common stock will not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws, rules and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese person” means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Kuwait

 

Unless all necessary approvals from the Kuwait Ministry of Commerce and Industry required by Law No. 31/1990 “Regulating the Negotiation of Securities and Establishment of Investment Funds,” its Executive Regulations and the various Ministerial Orders issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, have been given in relation to the marketing and sale of the common stock, these may not be marketed, offered for sale, nor sold in the State of Kuwait. Neither this prospectus (including any related document), nor any of the information contained therein is intended to lead to the conclusion of any contract of whatsoever nature within Kuwait.

 

Investors in Kuwait who approach us or any of the Underwriters to obtain copies of this prospectus are required by us and the Underwriters to keep such prospectus confidential and not to make copies thereof nor distribute the same to any other person in Kuwait and are also required to observe the restrictions provided for in all jurisdictions with respect to offering, marketing and the sale of the common stock.

 

104
 

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in People’s Republic of China

 

This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC, and the common stock may not be offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of China except pursuant to applicable laws, rules and regulations of China. For the purpose of this paragraph only, China does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Qatar

 

In the State of Qatar, the offer contained herein is made on an exclusive basis to the specifically intended recipient thereof, upon that person’s request and initiative, for personal use only and shall in no way be construed as a general offer for the sale of securities to the public or an attempt to do business as a bank, an investment company or otherwise in the State of Qatar. This prospectus and the underlying securities have not been approved or licensed by the Qatar Central Bank or the Qatar Financial Centre Regulatory Authority or any other regulator in the State of Qatar. The information contained in this prospectus shall only be shared with any third parties in Qatar on a need to know basis for the purpose of evaluating the contained offer. Any distribution of this prospectus by the recipient to third parties in Qatar beyond the terms hereof is not permitted and shall be at the liability of such recipient.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Saudi Arabia

 

This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations issued by the Capital Market Authority. The Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus, and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus in Singapore with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other documents or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, or (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or to any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

Where our common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor; securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common stock under Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of law.

 

105
 

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

 

The common stock will not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to our company or the common tock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of the common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of the common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the common stock.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Taiwan

 

The common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the common stock in Taiwan.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in United Arab Emirates

 

The common stock have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the United Arab Emirates, except: (i) in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations of the United Arab Emirates; and (ii) through persons or corporate entities authorized and licensed to provide investment advice and/or engage in brokerage activity and/or trade in respect of foreign securities in the United Arab Emirates. The information contained in this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law (Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 (as amended)) or otherwise and is not intended to be a public offer and is addressed only to persons who are sophisticated investors.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in United Kingdom

 

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (ii) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order; or (iii) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (i)-(iii) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The common stock are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire the common stock will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

Indemnification

 

We have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against liabilities relating to the offering arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and to contribute to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities. In the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we have been advised that indemnification of liabilities under the Securities Act is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Application for Nasdaq Listing

 

We will seek to have our common stock approved for listing on Nasdaq under the symbol “MAMO.”

 

We will be subject to continued listing requirements and corporate governance standards, and we expect these new rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs.

 

106
 

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for each of the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of ZH CPA, LLC, a limited liability company, given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common stock offered by us in this offering will be passed upon for us by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York. The Underwriters are represented by Pryor Cashman LLP.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

 

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

We also maintain a website at https:www.massimomotor.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

107
 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

    Page
     
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2023 (unaudited) and December 31, 2022 (audited)   F-2 – F-3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Three and Nine months Ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited);   F-4
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Three and Nine months Ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited);   F-5
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine months Ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited); and   F-6
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)   F-7 – F-26

 

    Page
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-27
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021   F-28
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021   F-29
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021   F-30
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021   F-31
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-32 – F-50

 

F-1
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLITDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

 

   As of September 30,   As of December 31, 
   2023   2022 
  

(Unaudited)

  

(Audited)

 
ASSETS          
CURRENT ASSETS          
Cash  $1,158,042   $947,971 
Accounts receivable, net   8,160,828    6,831,731 
Inventories   23,799,107    23,762,950 
Advance to suppliers   3,107,992    2,977,412 
Other current assets   889,536    71,139 
Total current assets   37,115,505    34,591,203 
           
NON-CURRENT ASSETS          
Property and equipment at cost, net of accumulated depreciation   373,659    414,554 
Right of use operating lease assets, net   1,754,857    1,340,053 
Right of use financing lease assets, net   123,929    94,857 
Deferred offering assets   1,150,945    421,789 
Deferred tax assets   65,158    - 
Total non-current assets   3,468,548    2,271,253 
TOTAL ASSETS  $40,584,053   $36,862,456 
           
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Short-term loans  $4,000,000   $5,600,000 
Accounts payable   10,804,304    11,111,624 
Other payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities   247,526    402,056 
Accrued return liabilities   215,221    556,538 
Accrued warranty liabilities   466,399    260,531 
Advances from customers   1,154,210    696,274 
Current portion of obligations under operating leases   1,011,705    750,719 
Current portion of obligations under financing leases   41,217    27,559 
Due to shareholder   9,601,468    10,984,344 
Subscription deposits   -    600,000 
Due to related parties   541,127    142,427 
Income tax payable   1,237,709    - 
Total current liabilities   29,320,886    31,132,072 
           
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Obligations under operating leases, non-current   743,152    589,334 
Obligations under financing leases, non-current   87,598    70,310 
Total non-current liabilities   830,750    659,644 
TOTAL LIABILITIES  $30,151,636   $31,791,716 
           
Commitments and Contingencies          

 

F-2
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLITDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited) – Continued

 

   As of September 30,   As of December 31, 
  

2023

  

2022

 
   (Unaudited)   (Audited) 
EQUITY          
Common shares, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 40,000,000 and 40,000,000 issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively*  $40,000   $40,000 
Preferred share, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 preferred shares authorized, no shares were issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively*  $-   $- 
Subscription receivable   (1,052,159)   (2,034,000)
Additional paid-in-capital   1,994,000    1,994,000 
Retained Earnings   9,450,576    5,070,740 
Total equity   10,432,417    5,070,740 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY  $40,584,053   $36,862,456 

 

* Retroactively restated for effect of the reorganization

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLITDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND

COMPREHESIVE INCOME

FOR THE THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2023 AND 2022

(UNAUDITED)

 

   Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended 
   September 30,   September 30, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
                 
Revenues  $29,907,697   $20,759,684   $75,483,811   $61,572,677 
Cost of revenues   19,850,258    15,912,295    51,706,682    46,195,092 
Gross profit   10,057,439    4,847,389    23,777,129    15,377,585 
                     
Operating expenses:                    
Selling expense   2,104,505    2,102,360    6,541,244    5,405,908 
General and administrative   2,716,733    2,172,192    9,038,488    5,839,633 
Total operating expenses   4,821,238    4,274,552    15,579,732    11,245,541 
                     
Income from operations   5,236,201    572,837    8,197,397    4,132,044 
                     
Other income (expense):                    
Other income, net   41,133    231,036    113,001    353,104 
Interest expense   (213,901)   (162,427)   (494,011)   (378,235)
Total other income (expense), net   (172,768)   68,609    (381,010)   (25,131)
                     
Income before income taxes   5,063,433    641,446    7,816,387    4,106,913 
                     
Provision for income taxes   1,174,560    -    1,236,551    - 
                     
Net income and comprehensive income  $3,888,873   $641,446   $6,579,836   $4,106,913 

 

   Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended 
   September 30,   September 30, 
  

2023

  

2022

(Pro Forma)

  

2023

  

2022

(Pro Forma)

 
                 
Income before income taxes  $5,063,433   $641,446   $7,816,387   $4,106,913 
                     
Provision for income taxes   1,174,560    134,704    1,236,551    862,452 
                     
Net income and comprehensive income  $3,888,873   $506,742   $6,579,836   $3,244,461 
                     
Earnings per Share – basic and diluted  $0.10   $0.01   $0.16   $0.08 
Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted*  $0.10   $0.01   $0.16   $0.08 

 

* Retroactively restated for effect of the Reorganization

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(UNAUDITED)

 

   Common Share  

 

Subscription

  

Additional

Paid in

   Retained     
   Shares*   Amount  

Receivable

   Capital   Earnings   Total 
                         
Balance as of June 30, 2023   40,000,000   $40,000   $(1,414,000)  $1,994,000   $5,561,703   $6,181,703 
Capital injection             361,841              361,841 
Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2023                   3,888,873    3,888,873 
Balance as of September 30, 2023   40,000,000   $40,000   $(1,052,159)  $1,994,000   $9,450,576   $10,432,417 
                               
Balance as of June 30, 2022   40,000,000   $40,000   $(2,034,000)  $1,994,000   $16,374,594   $16,374,594 
Net income for the three months ended September 30, 2022                   641,446    641,446 
Balance as of September 30, 2022   40,000,000   $40,000   $(2,034,000)  $1,994,000   $17,016,040   $17,016,040 
                               
Balance as of December 31, 2022   40,000,000   $40,000   $(2,034,000)  $1,994,000   $5,070,740   $5,070,740 
Capital injection             981,841              981,841 
Capital dividend declared                       (2,200,000)   (2,200,000)
Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2023                   6,579,836    6,579,836 
Balance as of September 30, 2023   40,000,000   $40,000   $(1,052,159)  $1,994,000   $9,450,576   $10,432,417 
                               
Balance as of December 31, 2021   40,000,000   $40,000   $(2,034,000)  $1,994,000   $12,909,127   $12,909,127 
Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2022                   4,106,913    4,106,913 
Balance as of September 30, 2022   40,000,000   $40,000   $(2,034,000)  $1,994,000   $17,016,040   $17,016,040 

 

* Retroactively restated for effect of the reorganization

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

   Nine months ended September 30, 
   2023   2022 
Cash flows from operating activities:          
Net income  $6,579,836   $4,106,913 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:          
Depreciation   109,765    94,406 
Non-cash operating lease expense   698,336    517,576 
Accretion of finance lease liabilities   5,610    3,119 
Depreciation of right-of-use finance assets   31,733    32,248 
Written-off of account receivables   420,967    - 
Reversal of allowance for expected credit loss, net   (118,144)   (224,779)
Deferred tax assets   (65,158)     
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Accounts receivable   (1,631,919)   (999,890)
Inventories   (36,157)   (7,759,301)
Advance to suppliers   (130,580)   622,771 
Other current asset   (818,397)   (141,541)
Due to related parties   398,700    (650)
Accounts payables   (373,314)   2,650,405 
Other payable, accrued expense and other current liabilities   (154,530)   (181,550)
Tax payable   1,237,709    - 
Accrued warranty liabilities   205,868    63,348 
Accrued return liabilities   (341,317)   (248,544)
Advance from customers   457,936    (259,699)
Lease liabilities – operating lease   (698,336)   (517,575)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   5,778,608    (2,242,743)
           
Cash flows from investing activities:          
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment   (68,871)   (185,234)
Net cash used in investing activities   (68,871)   (185,234)
           
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Proceeds from bank loan   -    4,100,000 
Repayment of bank loan   (1,600,000)   - 
Repayment of finance lease liabilities   (35,469)   (34,867)
Deferred offering costs   (263,162)   (407,500)
Change in due from (to) shareholder   (3,982,876)   (1,992,138)
Capital injection   381,841    - 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (5,499,666)   1,665,495 
           
Net increase (decrease) in cash   210,071    (762,482)
Cash, beginning of the period   947,971    1,288,854 
Cash, end of the period  $1,158,042   $526,372 
           
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:          
Cash paid for interest  $494,011   $378,235 
Cash paid for income taxes  $64,000   $- 
           
NON-CASH ACTIVITIES          
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations  $1,113,140   $184,470 
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for finance lease  $60,805   $- 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS DESCRIPTION

 

Massimo Group (the “Company”), is a holding company established on October 10, 2022 under the laws of the State of Nevada. The Company, through its subsidiaries, is primarily engaged in the manufacturing and sales of a wide selection of farm and ranch tested utility terrain vehicles (“UTVs”), recreational all-terrain vehicles (“ATVs”), and pontoon and tritoon boats. Mr. David Shan, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), is the controlling shareholder (the “Controlling Shareholder”) of the Company.

 

Reorganization

 

On June 1, 2023, the two Shareholders transferred their 100% equity interest in Massimo Motor Sports, LLC (“Massimo Motor Sports”) and 100% equity interest in Massimo Marine, LLC (“Massimo Marine”) to Massimo Group. After this reorganization, Massimo Group ultimately owns 100% equity interests of Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine.

 

Before and after the reorganization, the Company, together with its subsidiaries, is effectively controlled by the same Controlling Shareholders, and therefore the reorganization is considered as a recapitalization of entities under common control in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805-50-25. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries have been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with ASC 805-50-45-5.

 

Details of the Company and its subsidiaries are set out below upon the reorganization:

 

Subsidiaries 

Date of

Incorporation

  

Jurisdiction of

Formation

  

Percentage of

direct/indirect

Economic

Ownership

  

Principal

Activities

Massimo Group   October 10, 2022    Nevada    100%  Holding company
Massimo Motor Sports, LLC (“Massimo Motor Sports”)   June 30, 2009    Texas    100%  Manufacture of UTVs and ATVs
Massimo Marine, LLC (“Massimo Marine”)   January 6, 2020    Texas    100%  Manufacture of pontoon and tritoon boats

 

On June 1, 2023, the Company entered into two agreements with ATIFUS and ATIFUS agreed to invest $1 million to Massimo Motor Sports and $1 million to Massimo Marine to exchange their 15% of equity interest respectively. After reorganization, the 15% of equity interest in Massimo Motor Marine and Massimo Marine owned by ATIFUS have been exchanged to 15% of equity interest in Massimo Group.

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and have been consistently applied. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Massimo Group and its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

F-7
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Uses of estimates and assumptions

 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. Significant accounting estimates required to be made by management include allowance for inventories, allowance for credit losses, sales return liabilities, warranty costs. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and its estimates on historical experience, current and expected future conditions and various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances based on the information available to management at the time these estimates and assumptions are made. Actual results and outcomes may differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions.

 

Cash

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, the balances with banks and the liquid investments with maturities of three months or less. The Company maintains all its bank accounts in the United States, which are insured by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

Accounts receivable represent trade receivable and are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently adjusted for any allowance for expected credit loss. The Company grant credit to customers, without collateral, under normal payment terms. The Company use a loss rate method to estimate the allowance for credit losses. The Company evaluates the expected credit loss of accounts receivable based on customer financial condition and historical collection information adjusted for current market economic conditions and forecasts of future economic performance when appropriate. Loss-rate approach is based on the historical loss rates and expectations of future conditions. The Company writes off potentially uncollectible accounts receivable against the allowance for credit losses if it is determined that the amounts will not be collected.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, using the first-in, first out (FIFO) method. Costs include the cost of raw materials, freight and duty. Any excess of the cost over the net realizable value of each item of inventories is recognized as a provision for diminution in the value of inventories. Net realizable value is estimated using selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products.

 

Advances to suppliers

 

Advance to suppliers consists of balances paid to suppliers for purchasing of raw materials that have not been provided or received. Advances to suppliers are short-term in nature and are reviewed periodically to determine whether their carrying value has become impaired. The Company considers the assets to be impaired if the collectability of the advance becomes doubtful. The Company uses the aging method to estimate the allowance for uncollectible balances. In addition, at each reporting date, the Company generally determines the adequacy of allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating all available information, and then records specific allowances for individual advances based on the specific facts and circumstances.

 

Deferred offering cost

 

Deferred offering costs were expenses directly related to the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”). These costs consisted of legal, accounting, printing, and filing fees that the Company capitalized, including fees incurred by the independent registered public accounting firm directly related to the offering. The deferred offering costs will offset against the IPO proceeds and will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the IPO.

 

F-8
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided in amounts sufficient to amortize the cost of the related assets over their useful lives using the straight-line method, as follows:

 

    Useful life
Furniture and fixtures   5-7 years
Machinery equipment   5-7 years
Electronic equipment   5 years
Transportation equipment   5 years
Leasehold improvement  

Over the shorter of the lease term or

estimated useful lives

 

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not materially extend the useful lives of the assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments which substantially extend the useful life of assets are capitalized. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.

 

Leases

 

The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02—Leases (Topic 842) since January 1, 2020, using a modified retrospective transition method permitted under ASU No. 2018-11. This transition approach provides a method for recording existing leases only at the date of adoption and does not require previously reported balances to be adjusted. The Company evaluates the contracts it enters into to determine whether such contracts contain leases. A contract contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. At commencement, contracts containing a lease are further evaluated for classification as an operating or finance lease where the Company is a lessee.

 

Operating Leases

 

For operating leases, the Company measures its lease liabilities based on the present value of the total lease payments not yet paid discounted based on the more readily determinable of the rate implicit in the lease or its incremental borrowing rate, which is the estimated rate the Company would be required to pay for a collateralized borrowing equal to the total lease payments over the term of the lease. The Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate based on an analysis of interest rate of its own bank loans. The Company measures right-of-use assets based on the corresponding lease liability adjusted for payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date, and initial direct costs it incurs under the lease. The Company begins recognizing lease expense when the lessor makes the underlying asset available to the Company.

 

Lease cost for operating leases includes the amortization of the ROU asset and interest expense related to the operating lease liability. For leases with lease term less than one year (short-term leases), the Company records operating lease expense in its consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term and record variable lease payments as incurred.

 

Finance Leases

 

Lease cost for finance leases where the Company is the lessee includes the amortization of the ROU asset, which is amortized on a straight-line basis and recorded to “Depreciation of right-of-use finance asset” and interest expense on the finance lease liability, which is calculated using the interest method and recorded to “Interest expense, net.”. Finance lease ROU assets are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the terms of the respective leases, including periods covered by renewal options that the Company is reasonably certain of exercising.

 

F-9
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Impairment of long-lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable or that the useful life is shorter than the Company had originally estimated. When these events occur, the Company evaluates the impairment by comparing the carrying value of the assets to an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying value of the assets over the fair value of the assets. No impairment charge was recognized during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

ASC 825-10 requires certain disclosures regarding the fair value of financial instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

 

  Level 1 — inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
  Level 2 — inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted market prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data.
  Level 3 — inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable.

 

Unless otherwise disclosed, the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, advances to suppliers, other current assets, accounts payable, advance from customers, lease liabilities, due from or due to shareholders and related parties, accrued expenses and short term bank loans, approximates their recorded values due to their short-term maturities. The Company determined that the carrying value of the lease liabilities approximated their fair value as the interest rates used to discount the contracts approximate market rates.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company adopted ASC Topic 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) on January 1, 2020 using the modified retrospective approach. Revenues were presented under ASC 606 and all subsequent ASUs that modified ASC 606 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, the Company applies the following steps:

 

Step 1: Identify the contract (s) with a customer

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract

Step 3: Determine the transaction price

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation

 

F-10
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Revenue recognition (continued)

 

The Company’s revenue is generated primarily by sales of UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes, pontoon, tritoon and fishing boats. Revenue represented the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for promised goods. Revenue is recorded when performance obligations are considered to be satisfied when control is transferred to our customers upon goods delivered to customers and acceptance by customers.

 

Sales returns

 

The Company provides a refund policy to accept returns from end customer, which varies and depends on the difference products and customers. The estimated sales returns are determined based upon an analysis of historical sales returns. Return allowances are recorded as a reduction in sales with corresponding sales return liabilities which are included in “Accrued return liabilities”. The estimated cost of returned inventory is recorded as a reduction to cost of sales and an increase of right of return assets which is included in “Inventories”. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, $215,221 and $556,538 of sales return liabilities associated with estimated product returns were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet, respectively.

 

Products warranty

 

The Company generally provides a one-year limited warranty against defects in materials related to the sale of products. The Company considerers the warranty as an assurance type warranty since the warranty provides the customer the assurance that the product complies with agreed-upon specifications. Estimated future warranty obligations are included in cost of product sales in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The determination of the Company’s warranty accrual is based on actual historical experience with the product, estimates of repair and replacement costs and any product warranty problems that are identified after shipment. The Company estimates and adjusts these accruals at each balance sheet date in accordance with changes in these factors.

 

Contract liabilities

 

The contract liabilities of the Company are primarily related to advances received from customer. The contract liabilities are reported in a net position on a customer-by-customer basis at the end of each reporting period. Contract liabilities are recognized when the Company receives prepayment from customers resulting from purchase order. Contract liabilities will be recognized as revenue when the products are delivered. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company recorded advance from customers of $1,154,210 and $696,274, respectively, which will be recognized as revenue upon delivery of the products sold. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the amounts transferred from contract liabilities at the beginning of the fiscal year to revenue were $696,274 and $1,333,481, respectively.

 

Disaggregation of revenues

 

The Company disaggregates its revenue from contracts by products, as the Company believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of the revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Company’s disaggregation of revenues for three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 is disclosed in Note 19 of this condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Cost of sales

 

Cost of sales includes all of the costs and expenses directly related to the production of goods and services included in revenues.

 

Shipping and handling costs

 

Shipping and handling costs, which include costs related to the selection of products and their delivery to customers, are presented in cost of revenue and selling expenses. Shipping and freight expense presented in selling expenses were $694,912 and $3,130,474 while presented in cost of revenue were $1,599,110 and $6,758,360 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively. Shipping and freight expense presented in selling expenses were $1,013,684 and $2,762,634 while presented in cost of revenue were $2,321,783 and $10,779,876 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively.

 

Advertising costs

 

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising cost presented in selling expenses were $363,189 and $825,852 in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively. Advertising cost presented in selling expenses were $556,294 and $1,112,473 in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively.

 

401(k) benefit plan

 

401(k) benefit plan covers substantially all employees and allows voluntary employee contributions up to the annually adjusted Inland Revenue Service (“IRS”) dollar limit. These voluntary contributions are matched equal to 100% of the employee’s compensation contributed and not to exceed 4% of the total eligible compensation. The employees’ voluntary contributions and the Company’s matching contributions are 100% vested immediately. The Company adopted the 401(k) benefit plan from March 2022.

 

Income taxes

 

Before the Reorganization, the Company has elected to be taxed as an S Corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. As an S Corporation, the Company is not subject to Federal income tax and state tax in Texas. As such, shareholders are taxed on their pro rata share of earnings and deductions of the Company, regardless of the amount of distributions received. After the Reorganization, the Company is subjected to U.S. federal income tax at 21% and the margin tax in the states of Texas.

 

Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC Topic No. 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

 

F-12
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Income taxes (continued)

 

Significant judgment is also required in evaluating the Company’s uncertain income tax positions and provisions for income taxes. Liabilities for uncertain income tax positions are recognized based on a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate whether an income tax position has met the recognition threshold by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The second step is to measure the income tax position that has met the recognition threshold as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. The Company continually assesses the likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjusts the income tax provisions, income taxes payable and deferred income taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions as interest expense.

 

Earnings per share

 

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share” (“ASC 260”). ASC 260 requires companies with complex capital structures to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of potential common shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential common shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, there were no dilutive shares.

 

Segment reporting

 

The Company follows ASC 280, “Segment Reporting.” The Company’s Chief Executive Officer or chief operating decision-maker reviews the consolidated financial results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing the performance of the Company as a whole and hence, the Company has only one reportable segment. The Company operates and manages its business as a single segment. As the Company’s long-lived assets are all located in the United States and substantially all the Company’s revenues are derived from within the United States, no geographical segments are presented.

 

Concentration and risks

 

a. Concentration of credit risk

 

Assets that potentially subject the Company to a significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash, accounts receivable and other current assets. The maximum exposure of such assets to credit risk is their carrying amounts at the balance sheet dates. The Company maintains all the bank accounts at financial institutions in the United States, where there is $250,000 standard deposit insurance coverage limit per depositor, per FDIC-insured bank and per ownership category. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, one bank balance in Massimo Motor of $2,46,694 and $614,558 exceeded the insured limited, respectively.

 

To limit the exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Company primarily places cash deposits with large financial institutions in the United States. The Company conducts credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral or other security from them. The Company establishes an accounting policy to provide for current expected credit losses based on the individual customer’s financial condition, credit history, and the current economic conditions.

 

F-13
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Concentration and risks (continued)

 

b. Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Most of our raw materials are imported from China. The value of the Chinese Yuan against the U.S. dollar is affected by the changes in China and United States economic conditions. We do not believe that we currently have any significant direct foreign exchange risk and have not used any derivative financial instruments to hedge exposure to such risk.

 

c. Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the interest rates from our borrowings with banks. We have not been exposed to material risks due to the fact that our borrowing is not significant. and we have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest risk exposure. However, we cannot provide assurance that we will not be exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rate in the future.

 

d. Liquidity Risk

 

Liquidity risk arises through the excess of financial obligations over available financial assets due at any point in time. Our objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain sufficient readily available reserves in order to meet our liquidity requirements at any point in time. We achieve this by maintaining sufficient cash and banking facilities.

 

e. Significant customers

 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, and 2022, the Company had one and two customers that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had one and four customers accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable, respectively.

 

f. Significant suppliers

 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, the Company had two suppliers accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total purchases respectively. As of September 30, 2023, one supplier accounted for more than 30% of the Company’s total accounts payable. As of December 31, 2022, one supplier accounted for more than 30% of the Company’s total accounts payable.

 

Recent accounting pronouncements

 

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all accounting standards updates (“ASUs”). Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued.

 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. This ASU also removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity-linked contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, and it simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. The new standard will become effective for us beginning January 1, 2024, using either a modified retrospective or a fully retrospective method of transition and early adoption is permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard on our financial statements.

 

F-14
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Recent accounting pronouncements (continued)

 

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2021-08”). This ASU requires entities to apply Topic 606 to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in a business combination. The amendments improve comparability after the business combination by providing consistent recognition and measurement guidance for revenue contracts with customers acquired in a business combination and revenue contracts with customers not acquired in a business combination. The amendments are effective for the Company beginning after December 15, 2023, and are applied prospectively to business combinations that occur after the effective date. The Company does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-03, “Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions,” which clarifies and amends the guidance of measuring the fair value of equity securities subject to contractual restrictions that prohibit the sale of the equity securities. The guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of income and comprehensive income and statements of cash flows.

 

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

Accounts receivable, net consists of the following:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Accounts receivable – third parties  $8,376,531   $7,165,578 
Accounts receivable – related parties   20,212    20,212 
Total accounts receivable, gross   8,396,743    7,185,790 
Less: allowance for credit loss   (235,915)   (354,059)
Accounts receivable, net  $8,160,828   $6,831,731 

 

The Company wrote off uncollectible accounts receivable of $420,967 from one customer for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023. The Company did not write off any uncollectible accounts receivable in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022.

 

The Company had allowance for credit loss of $235,915 and $354,059 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and year ended December 31, 2022, respectively.

 

The movement of allowance for credit loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and year ended December 31, 2022 is as follow:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Balance as of beginning  $354,059   $451,694 
Reversal of provision   (118,144)   (97,635)
Ending balance  $235,915   $354,059 

 

F-15
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 4 — INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consist of the following:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Products and accessories  $15,145,214   $14,806,133 
Parts   791,502    629,423 
Inventories in transit   6,614,707    4,049,718 
Freight and duty   1,247,684    4,277,676 
    23,799,107    23,762,950 
Less: inventory allowance   -    - 
Inventories, net  $23,799,107   $23,762,950 

 

The Company did not record any impairment provision of inventories for lower of cost or net realizable value adjustments for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and year ended December 31, 2022, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 — ADVANCE TO SUPPLIERS

 

Advance to suppliers consists of the following:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Advance to suppliers  $3,107,992   $2,977,412 
Less: allowance for credit loss        
Advance to suppliers, net  $3,107,992   $2,977,412 

 

NOTE 6 — OTHER CURRENT ASSTS

 

Other current assts consist of the following:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Prepayment  $786,861   $- 
Other receivables   102,675    71,139 
Total  $889,536   $71,139 

 

F-16
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 7 — PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Property, plant and equipment, net, consists of the following:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Furniture and Fixtures  $125,977   $125,977 
Machinery equipment   89,418    89,418 
Vehicles   648,374    616,424 
Electronic equipment   35,303    35,303 
Leasehold improvement   90,974    54,053 
Subtotal   990,046    921,175 
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization   (616,387)   (506,621)
Property and equipment, net  $373,659   $414,554 

 

Depreciation expense was $39,473 and $109,766 for the three and nine months period ended September 30, 2023 respectively. Depreciation expense was $35,834 and $94,406 for the three and nine months period ended September 30, 2022 respectively.

 

NOTE 8 — LEASES

 

On August 1, 2018, the Company signed a lease agreement with Miller Creek Holding LLC, a related party owned by the Controlling Shareholder, to rent the warehouse and office space of total 220,000 square feet for monthly rent of $40,000 used for its operation. The lease expired on July 31, 2021 and was further renewed for another three years expired on July 31, 2024 with monthly rent of $60,000. On April 29, 2023, the Company signed another lease agreement with Miller Creek Holding LLC, a related party owned by the Controlling Shareholder, to rent the warehouse and office space of total 66,000 square feet for monthly rent of $35,000 used for its operation. The lease expires on April 30, 2026. The Company also had multiple lease agreements for machinery, office equipment and vehicles. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

 

Total operating lease expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 amounted to $486,192 and $968,577, respectively. Total operating lease expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 amounted to $199,109 and $571,539, respectively. Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets amounted to $411,299 and $559,618 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 respectively. Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets amounted to $177,193 and $517,577 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 respectively.

 

Total accretion of finance lease liabilities for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 amounted to $1,541 and $5,611 respectively. Total accretion of finance lease liabilities for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 amounted to $957 and $3,119, respectively. Amortization of finance lease right-of-use assets amounted to $10,380 and $10,834 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 respectively. Amortization of finance lease right-of-use assets amounted to $8,588 and $$32,248 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022 respectively.

 

F-17
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

NOTE 8 — LEASES (continued)

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating and financing leases was as follows:

 

Operating leases

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Right-of-use assets, net  $1,754,857   $1,340,053 
           
Operating lease liabilities - current   1,011,705    750,719 
Operating lease liabilities - non-current   743,152    589,334 
Total  $1,754,857   $1,340,053 

 

Financing leases

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Right-of-use assets, net  $123,929   $94,857 
           
Finance lease liabilities - current   41,217    27,559 
Finance lease liabilities - non-current   87,598    70,310 
Total  $128,815   $97,869 

 

The following table includes supplemental cash flow and non-cash information related to leases:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

September 30,

2022

 
Cash paid of amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:          
Operating cash flows from operating leases  $793,577   $571,539 
Financing cash flows from finance leases   35,469    34,867 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:          
Finance lease liabilities  $60,805   $- 
Operating lease liabilities  $1,113,140   $184,470 

 

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for all of operating lease and finance leases were as follows as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 were as follows:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years):          
Finance lease   2.52 years    3.36 years 
Operating leases   1.98 years    1.78 years 
           
Weighted average discount rate:          
Finance leases   3.50%   3.50%
Operating leases   8.19%   6.75%

 

F-18
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 8 — LEASES (continued)

 

The following is a schedule of maturities of operating and finance lease liabilities as of September 30, 2023:

 

Operating leases

 

Twelve months ending September 30,     
2024  $1,124,769 
2025   523,655 
2026   286,915 
Total future minimum lease payments   1,935,339 
Less: imputed interest   (180,482)
Present value of operating lease liabilities  $1,754,857 

 

Finance leases

 

Twelve months ending September 30,     
2024  $46,325 
2025   46,325 
2026   34,579 
2027   8,701 
2028   3,625 
Total future minimum lease payments   139,555 
Less: imputed interest   (10,740)
Present value of finance lease liabilities  $128,815 

 

NOTE 9 — ACCRUED RETURN LIABILITIES

 

The following table shows changes in the Company’s accrued return liabilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and year ended December 31, 2022:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Balance as of beginning  $556,538   $1,510,640 
Actual recognized products return   (1,755,780)   (5,371,678)
Accruals for product return liabilities   1,414,463    4,417,576 
Ending balance  $215,221   $556,538 

 

NOTE 10 — ACCRUED WARRANTY EXPENSES

 

The following table shows changes in the Company’s accrued warranties and related costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and year ended December 31, 2022:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Balance as of beginning  $260,531   $280,808 
Cost of warranty claims   (1,287,079)   (1,353,914)
Accruals for product warranty   1,492,947    1,333,637 
Ending balance  $466,399   $260,531 

 

F-19
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 11 — OTHER PAYABLE, ACCRUED EXPENSE AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITY

 

The following table shows breakdown of Company’s other payable, accrued expense and other current liabilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and year ended December 31, 2022:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

 
Credit card liabilities  $35,058   $36,183 
Sales Tax payable   19,194    27,909 
Accrued expense   144,842    296,183 
Other current liabilities   48,432    41,781 
Other payable, accrued expense and other current liabilities  $247,526   $402,056 

 

NOTE 12 —BANK LOAN

 

Bank loan balance consisted of the following:

 

   September 30,   December 31, 
   2023   2022 
         
MidFirst Bank  $4,000,000   $5,600,000 

 

On January 15, 2021, the Company’s subsidiary Massimo Motor Sports obtained a line of credit from MidFirst Bank, pursuant to which the Company has the availability to borrow a maximum $4.0 million out of this line of credit for two years at the U.S. prime rate + 0.25%. On August 15. 2021, this line of credit was increased to allow the Company to access a total of $7.4 million and the maturity date was extended to July 15, 2023. On April 18, 2022, this line of credit was further increased to $10.0 million, and maturity date is July 15, 2023. On June 15, 2023, the maturity date was extended to October 15, 2023. Subsequent to period ended September 30, 2023, the maturity date was extended to January 13, 2024.

 

This line of credit is also personally guaranteed by Mr. David Shan, the Controlling Shareholder, and Miller Creek Holdings LLC, a related party controlled by Mr. David Shan. This line of credit is pledged by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventories.

 

Interest expenses for the above-mentioned bank loan amounted to $111,158 and $331,651 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively. Interest expenses for the above-mentioned bank loan amounted to $113,695 and $220,947 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively.

 

NOTE 13 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The relationship of related parties is summarized as follow:

 

Name of Related Party   Relationship to the Company
David Shan   Controlling shareholder of the Company
Custom Van Living   Controlled by David Shan
Miller Creek Holdings LLC Controlled by David Shan
SUNL Technology LLC   Controlled by David Shan
ATIF Holdings Limited   Related to ATIFUS

 

F-20
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 13 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

(1) Due from related parties

 

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the balance of due from related parties consists of the following:

 

   September 30,   December 31, 
   2023   2022 
Account receivable from SUNL Technology LLC  $20,212   $20,212 

 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, there was no sales from SUNL Technology LLC. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, the Company sold certain electric scooters to SUNL Technology LLC. The related sales represented less than 0.01% of the Company’s revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022, respectively. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company has accounts receivable balance of $20,212 and $20,212 from SUNL Technology LLC.

 

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the balance of due from related parties consists of the following:

 

   September 30,   December 31, 
   2023   2022 
Amount due from (to) Custom Van Living LLC  $(141,127)  $(142,427)
Amount due from (to) ATIF Holdings Limited   (400,000)   - 
Total amount due from (to) related parties  $(541,127)  $(142,427)

 

(2) Due to shareholder

 

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the balance of due to shareholder consists of the following:

 

   September 30,   December 31, 
   2023   2022 
         
Due to shareholder - David Shan, opening balance  $10,984,344   $1,484,426 
Withdraw   (3,582,876)   (2,500,082)
Capital dividend declared   2,200,000    12,000,000 
Due to shareholder – David Shan, ending balance  $9,601,468   $10,984,344 

 

The balance represented unsecured, due on demand and interest free borrowings between the Company and the Controlling shareholder, Mr. David Shan, the Chairman of the Board. Mr. David Shan periodically provides working capitals to support the Company’s operations when needed. During the nine months ended September 30, 2023, a non-taxable dividend of $2.2 million was declared to Mr. David Shan from it accumulated retained earnings of the Company before the Reorganization and Mr. David Shan withdraw approximately $3.5 million from the Company to pay the income taxes as the owner of the S Corporation before reorganization. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company owed $9,601,468 and $10,984,344 due to Mr. David Shan, respectively.

 

F-21
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 13 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

(3) Lease arrangement with related party

 

On August 1, 2018, the Company signed a lease agreement with Miller Creek Holding LLC, a related party owned by Mr. David Shan, the Controlling shareholders, to rent the warehouse and office space of total 220,000 square feet for monthly rent of $40,000 used for its operation. The lease expired on July 31, 2021 and was further renewed for another three years expired on July 31, 2024 with monthly rent of $60,000. (See Note 8)

 

The Company recorded rent expense of $180,000 and $540,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, in connection with this lease arrangement. The Company recorded rent expense of $180,000 and $540,000, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2022 in connection with this lease arrangement.

 

On April 29, 2023, the Company signed a lease agreement with Miller Creek Holding LLC, a related party owned by Mr. David Shan, the Controlling shareholders, to rent the warehouse and office space of total 66,000 square feet for monthly rent of $35,000 used for its operation. The lease expires on April 30, 2026.

 

The Company recorded rent expense of $105,000 and 175,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively in connection with this lease arrangement.

 

(4) Loan guarantee provided by related parties

 

In connection with the Company’s bank borrowing, Mr. David Shan, the controlling shareholder and Miller Creek Holdings LLC provided unlimited guarantee to the Company’s bank loan. (See Note 12).

 

NOTE 14 — OTHER INCOME, NET

 

The Company’s breakdown of other income, net for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 is as follows:

 

   Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended 
   September 30,   September 30, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
                 
Income from insurance claim  $-   $200,000   $33,042   $200,000 
Income from selling package material and other sales   17,738    21,519    51,787    120,779 
Income from leasing unused vehicles   10,400    -    10,400    - 
Others   12,995    9,517    17,772    32,325 
Total  $41,133   $231,036   $113,001   $353,104 

 

The Company received insurance claim of $nil and $33,042 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023, respectively. The Company received insurance claim of $200,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2022.

 

F-22
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 15 — INCOME TAXES

 

Massimo Motor and Massimo Marine both terminated its status as a Subchapter S Corporation as of June 1, 2023, in connection with the Reorganization and became a taxable C Corporation. Prior to that date, as an S Corporation, the Company had no U.S. federal income tax expense. As such, any periods prior to June 1, 2023 will only reflect a margin tax for states of Texas and corresponding tax expense. Pro forma net income is calculated by adding back S Corporation tax to net income and using a combined C Corporation effective tax rate for federal income taxes of 21% and state margin tax. The following reconciliation table provides a detailed calculation of pro forma provision for income taxes:

 

   Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended 
   September 30,   September 30, 
   2023  

2022

(Pro Forma)

   2023  

2022

(Pro Forma)

 
                 
Net income before income taxes  $5,063,433   $641,446   $7,816,387   $4,396,170 
Statutory U.S. federal income tax   21%   21%   21%   21%
Income tax expense at the federal statutory rate   1,063,321    134,704    1,641,441    923,196 
S Corporation benefits   -    (134,704)   (642,278)   (923,196)
State margin tax   39,113    -    83,349    - 
Other adjustments   72,126    -    154,039    - 
Total  $1,174,560   $-   $1,236,551   $- 

 

  

Three months ended

September 30,

   Nine months ended September 30, 
   2023   2023 
         
Income tax provision – current  $1,136,153   $1,301,709 
Income tax provision (recovery) - deferred   38,407    (65,158)
Income tax provision  $1,174,560   $1,236,551 

 

As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company did not have an accrued liability for uncertain tax positions and does not anticipate recognition of any significant liabilities for uncertain tax positions during the next 12 months. For the three and nine months period ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, no amounts were incurred for income tax uncertainties or interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals, or material deviation from its position. The Company’s tax years since its formation remain subject to possible income tax examination by its major taxing authorities for all periods. The Company’s effective tax rate for the three and nine months period ended September 30, 2023 are 22.3% and 20.0% respectively. The primary differences between the annual effective tax rate and statutory tax rates are mainly contributed by S Corporation benefits and the state margin taxes.

 

F-23
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 15 — INCOME TAXES (Continued)

 

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

 

  

September 30,

2023

  

December 31,

2022

(Pro Forma)

 
Deferred tax assets:          
Allowance for credit loss  $47,652   $74,352 
Property and equipment   16,480    16,480 
Lease liability – operating   368,520    281,411 
Lease liability – financing   27,051    20,552 
Total deferred tax assets   459,703    392,795 
Deferred tax liabilities:          
Right of use assets – operating   (368,520)   (281,411)
Right of use assets – financing   (26,025)   (19,920)
Total deferred tax liabilities   (394,545)   (301,331)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net  $65,158   $91,464 

 

NOTE 16 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Common shares

 

Massimo Group is a company that was established on October 10, 2022 under the laws of the State of Nevada. Based on the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, the authorized number of common stocks was 100,000,000 shares of common stock with par value of $0.001 and 40,000,000 common shares were issued on June 1, 2023. The authorized number of preferred stocks was 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with par value of $0.01 and no preferred shares were issued. All share information included in these condensed consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted for the Reorganization as if such reduce par value and common shares issuance occurred on the first day of the first period presented.

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

On June 1, 2023, the Company entered into two agreements with ATIFUS. Pursuant to these agreements, ATIFUS agreed to invest $1.0 million to Massimo Motor Sports and $1.0 million to Massimo Marine to exchange 15% of the outstanding common stock of Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the Company received the advance of $600,000 for share subscription, which was recorded as subscription deposit on the consolidated financial statements. ATIFUS contributed the additional paid-in capital of $361,841 and $981,841 to the Company for the three months and nine months period ended September 30, 2023 respectively.

 

F-24
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 17 – PRO FORMA EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, the Company has no stock options and warrants issued and no impact on diluted earnings per share. The earnings per share was calculated based on pro forma statement of operation for the nine and three months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, assuming the Company is a C Corporation upon Reorganization.

 

   Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended 
   September 30,   September 30, 
   2023   2022 (pro-forma)   2023   2022 (pro-forma) 
                 
Net income attributable to the Company  $3,888,873   $506,742   $6,579,836   $3,244,461 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted   40,000,000    40,000,000    40,000,000    40,000,000 
                     
Earnings per share – basic and diluted  $0.10   $0.01   $0.16   $0.08 

 

NOTE 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Contingencies

 

The Company may be involved in certain legal proceedings, claims and disputes arising from the commercial operations, which, in general, are subject to uncertainties and in which the outcomes are not predictable. The Company determines whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. Although the Company can give no assurances about the resolution of pending claims, litigation or other disputes and the effect such outcomes may have on the Company, the Company believes that any ultimate liability resulting from the outcome of such proceedings, to the extent not otherwise provided or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations or liquidity as at September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

 

Contractual commitments

 

As of September 30, 2023, the Company’s contractual obligations consists of the following:

 

Contractual Obligations  Total  

Less than

1 year

   1-3 years   3-5 years  

More than

5 years

 
Lease commitment  $2,074,894    1,171,094    891,474    12,326   $- 
Repayment of bank loan   4,000,000    4,000,000    -    -    - 
Total  $6,074,894    5,171,094    891,474    12,326   $- 

 

F-25
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 19 — SEGMENT REPORTING

 

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources and assess performance of the segment.

 

Management of the Company concludes that it has only one reporting segment. The Company is primarily engaged in the business of manufacturing and sales of a wide selection of farm and ranch tested utility terrain vehicles(“UTVs”), recreational all-terrain vehicles (“ATVs”), and pontoon and tritoon boats.

 

The Company’s CEO reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company, rather than by product types or geographic area; hence the Company concluded it has only one reporting segment.

 

The following table presents sales by product categories for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively:

 

   Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended 
   September 30,   September 30, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
                 
UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes  $26,953,580   $18,499,983   $65,765,577   $55,115,219 
Pontoon, tritoon and fishing boats   2,954,117    2,259,701    9,718,234    6,457,458 
Total revenue  $29,907,697   $20,759,684   $75,483,811   $61,572,677 

 

Note 20 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after September 30, 2023 up through the date the Company issued these consolidated financial statements, for disclosure or recognition in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as appropriate.

 

F-26
 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

 

Massimo Group

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Massimo Group and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the related consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2022 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ ZH CPA, LLC

   
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.
   
Denver, Colorado
   
September 21, 2023  

 

 

1600 Broadway, Suite 1600, Denver, CO, 80202, USA. Phone: 1.303.386.7224 Fax: 1.303.386.7101 Email: admin@zhcpa.us

 

F-27
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

   As of   As of 
   December 31, 2022   December 31, 2021 
ASSETS          
CURRENT ASSETS          
Cash  $947,971   $1,288,854 
Accounts receivable, net   6,831,731    7,829,463 
Inventories   23,762,950    22,317,402 
Advance to suppliers   2,977,412    2,347,023 
Other current assets   71,139    49,022 
Total current assets   34,591,203    33,831,764 
           
NON-CURRENT ASSETS          
Property and equipment at cost, net of accumulated depreciation   414,554    363,410 
Right of use operating lease assets, net   1,340,053    1,783,365 
Right of use financing lease assets, net   94,857    134,071 
Deferred offering assets   421,789    - 
Total non-current assets   2,271,253    2,280,846 
TOTAL ASSETS  $36,862,456   $36,112,610 
           
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Short-term loans  $5,600,000    4,000,000 
Accounts payable   11,111,624    12,262,603 
Other payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities   402,056    295,626 
Accrued return liabilities   556,538    1,510,640 
Accrued warranty liabilities   260,531    280,808 
Advances from customers   696,274    1,333,481 
Current portion of obligations under operating leases   750,719    675,947 
Current portion of obligations under financing leases   27,559    38,488 
Due to shareholder   10,984,344    1,484,426 
Subscription deposits   600,000    - 
Due to related parties   142,427    116,177 
Total current liabilities   31,132,072    21,998,196 
           
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Obligations under operating leases, non-current   589,334    1,107,418 
Obligations under financing leases, non-current   70,310    97,869 
Total non-current liabilities   659,644    1,205,287 
TOTAL LIABILITIES  $31,791,716   $23,203,483 
           
Commitments and Contingencies          
           
EQUITY          
Common shares, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 40,000,000 and 40,000,000 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively*   40,000    40,000 
Preferred share, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 preferred shares authorized, no shares were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively*   -    - 
Subscription receivable   (2,034,000)   (2,034,000)
Additional paid-in capital   1,994,000    1,994,000 
Retained earnings   5,070,740    12,909,127 
Total equity   5,070,740    12,909,127 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY  $36,862,456   $36,112,610 

 

* Retroactively restated for effect of the Reorganization

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHESIVE INCOME

 

  

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 
   2022   2021 
         
Revenues  $86,527,534   $82,567,816 
Cost of revenues   64,323,858    65,526,818 
Gross Profit   22,203,676    17,040,998 
           
Operating expenses:          
Selling expense   8,670,176    6,095,479 
General and administrative   8,928,493    6,572,729 
Total operating expenses   17,598,669    12,668,208 
           
Income from operations   4,605,007    4,372,790 
           
Other income (expense):          
Other income, net   384,622    799,977 
Interest expense   (828,016)   (454,066)
Total other income (expense), net   (443,394)   345,911 
           
Income before income taxes   4,161,613    4,718,701 
           
Provision for income taxes   -    - 
           
Net income and comprehensive income  $4,161,613   $4,718,701 
           
Pro Forma information Statement for Income Tax Provision as a C Corporation upon Reorganization          
Income before income taxes   4,161,613    4,718,701 
           
Pro forma provision for income taxes (pro forma)   (873,939)   (990,927)
           
Pro forma net income and comprehensive income (pro forma)  $3,287,674   $3,727,774 
           
Pro forma earnings per share – basic and diluted (pro forma)  $0.08   $0.09 
Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding – basic and diluted*   40,000,000    40,000,000 

 

* Retroactively restated for effect of the Reorganization

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND 2021

 

   Common Share   Subscription  

Additional

Paid-in

   Retained     
   Shares*   Amount  

Receivable

   Capital  

Earnings

   Total 
                         
Balance at December 31, 2020   40,000,000   $40,000   $(2,034,000)  $1,994,000   $8,190,426   $8,190,426 
Net income for the year               -    4,718,701    4,718,701 
Balance at December 31, 2021   40,000,000   $40,000   $(2,034,000)  $1,994,000   $12,909,127   $12,909,127 
                               
Net income for the year               -    4,161,613    4,161,613 
Capital dividend declared               -    (12,000,000)   (12,000,000)
Balance at December 31, 2022   40,000,000   $40,000   $(2,034,000)  $1,994,000   $5,070,740   $5,070,740 

 

* Retroactively restated for effect of the Reorganization

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

   For the Years Ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
         
Cash flows from operating activities:          
Net income  $4,161,613   $4,718,701 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:          
Depreciation   146,658    123,129 
Non-cash operating lease expense   698,379    561,849 
Accretion of finance lease liabilities   4,015    4,563 
Depreciation of right-of-use finance assets   39,214    52,273 
Written-off of account receivables   4,011    73,577 
Reversal of allowance for expected credit loss, net   (97,634)   (149,767)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Accounts receivable   1,091,355    (3,358,845)
Inventories   (1,445,548)   (204,906)
Advance to suppliers   (630,389)   (176,992)
Other current asset   (22,117)   (6,528)
Due from related party   26,250    (42,413)
Accounts payables   (1,150,979)   (2,281,277)
Other payable, accrued expense and other current liabilities   106,430    191,806 
Accrued warranty liabilities   (20,277)   260,979 
Accrued return liabilities   (954,102)   (804,106)
Advance from customers   (637,207)   303,152 
Lease liabilities – operating lease   (698,379)   (561,848)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   621,293    (1,296,653)
           
Cash flows from investing activities:          
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment   (197,802)   (240,472)
Net cash used in investing activities   (197,802)   (240,472)
           
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Proceeds from bank loan   5,100,000    5,000,000 
Repayment of bank loan   (3,500,000)   (1,000,000)
Repayment of finance lease liabilities   (42,503)   (55,973)
Repayment of other loan payable   -    (379,572)
Repayment of loan to a related party   -    (1,000,000)
Deferred offering costs   (421,789)   - 
Proceeds from subscription deposits   600,000    - 
Repayment of shareholder advance, net   (2,500,082)   (45,600)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (764,374)   2,518,855 
           
Net increase (decrease) in cash   (340,883)   981,730 
Cash, beginning of the year   1,288,854    307,124 
Cash, end of the year  $947,971   $1,288,854 
           
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:          
Cash paid for interest  $805,229   $439,073 
           
NON-CASH ACTIVITIES          
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations  $255,066   $2,047,636 
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for finance lease  $-   $146,295 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS DESCRIPTION

 

Massimo Group (the “Company”), is a holding company established on October 10, 2022 under the laws of the State of Nevada. The Company, through its subsidiaries, is primarily engaged in the manufacturing and sales of a wide selection of farm and ranch tested utility terrain vehicles (“UTVs”), recreational all-terrain vehicles (“ATVs”), and pontoon and tritoon boats. Mr. David Shan, the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), is the controlling shareholder (the “Controlling Shareholder”) of the Company.

 

Reorganization

 

On June 1, 2023, the two Shareholders transferred their 100% equity interest in Massimo Motor Sports and 100% equity interest in Massimo Marine to Massimo Group. After this Reorganization, Massimo Group ultimately owns 100% equity interests of Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine.

 

Before and after the reorganization, the Company, together with its subsidiaries, is effectively controlled by the same Controlling Shareholders, and therefore the reorganization is considered as a recapitalization of entities under common control in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805-50-25. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries have been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with ASC 805-50-45-5.

 

Details of the Company and its subsidiaries are set out below upon the reorganization:

 

Subsidiaries  

Date of

Incorporation

 

Jurisdiction of

Formation

 

Percentage of

direct/indirect

Economic

Ownership

 

Principal

Activities

Massimo Group   October 10, 2022   Nevada   100%   Holding company
Massimo Motor Sports, LLC   June 30, 2009   Texas   100%   Manufacture of UTVs and ATVs
Massimo Marine, LLC   January 6, 2020   Texas   100%   Manufacture of pontoon and tritoon boats

 

On June 1, 2023, the Company entered into two agreements with ATIFUS, and ATIFUS agreed to invest $1 million to Massimo Motor Sports and $1 million to Massimo Marine to exchange their 15% of equity interest respectively. After reorganization, the 15% of equity interest in Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine owned by ATIFUS have been exchanged to 15% of equity interest in Massimo Group.

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and have been consistently applied. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Massimo Group and its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

Uses of estimates and assumptions

 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. Significant accounting estimates required to be made by management include allowance for inventories, allowance for credit losses, sales return liabilities, warranty costs. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and its estimates on historical experience, current and expected future conditions and various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances based on the information available to management at the time these estimates and assumptions are made. Actual results and outcomes may differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions.

 

F-32
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Cash

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, the balances with banks and the liquid investments with maturities of three months or less. The Company maintains all its bank accounts in the United States, which are insured by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).

 

Accounts Receivable, net

 

Accounts receivable represent trade receivable and are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently adjusted for any allowance for expected credit loss. The Company grant credit to customers, without collateral, under normal payment terms. The Company use a loss rate method to estimate the allowance for credit losses. The Company evaluates the expected credit loss of accounts receivable based on customer financial condition and historical collection information adjusted for current market economic conditions and forecasts of future economic performance when appropriate. Loss-rate approach is based on the historical loss rates and expectations of future conditions. The Company writes off potentially uncollectible accounts receivable against the allowance for credit losses if it is determined that the amounts will not be collected.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, using the first-in, first out (FIFO) method. Costs include the cost of raw materials, freight and duty. Any excess of the cost over the net realizable value of each item of inventories is recognized as a provision for diminution in the value of inventories. Net realizable value is estimated using selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products.

 

Advances to Suppliers

 

Advance to suppliers consists of balances paid to suppliers for purchasing of raw materials that have not been provided or received. Advance to suppliers are short-term in nature and are reviewed periodically to determine whether their carrying value has become impaired. The Company considers the assets to be impaired if the collectability of the advance becomes doubtful. The Company uses the aging method to estimate the allowance for uncollectible balances. In addition, at each reporting date, the Company generally determines the adequacy of allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating all available information, and then records specific allowances for individual advances based on the specific facts and circumstances.

 

Deferred Offering Cost

 

Deferred offering costs were expenses directly related to the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”). These costs consisted of legal, accounting, printing, and filing fees that the Company capitalized, including fees incurred by the independent registered public accounting firm directly related to the offering. The deferred offering costs will offset against the IPO proceeds and will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the IPO.

 

F-33
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided in amounts sufficient to amortize the cost of the related assets over their useful lives using the straight-line method, as follows:

 

    Useful life
Furniture and fixtures   5-7 years
Machinery equipment   5-7 years
Electronic equipment   5 years
Transportation equipment   5 years
Leasehold improvement  

Over the shorter of the lease term or

estimated useful lives

 

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not materially extend the useful lives of the assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments which substantially extend the useful life of assets are capitalized. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.

 

Leases

 

The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02—Leases (Topic 842) since January 1, 2020, using a modified retrospective transition method permitted under ASU No. 2018-11. This transition approach provides a method for recording existing leases only at the date of adoption and does not require previously reported balances to be adjusted. The Company evaluates the contracts it enters into to determine whether such contracts contain leases. A contract contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. At commencement, contracts containing a lease are further evaluated for classification as an operating or finance lease where the Company is a lessee.

 

Operating Leases

 

For operating leases, the Company measures its lease liabilities based on the present value of the total lease payments not yet paid discounted based on the more readily determinable of the rate implicit in the lease or its incremental borrowing rate, which is the estimated rate the Company would be required to pay for a collateralized borrowing equal to the total lease payments over the term of the lease. The Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate based on an analysis of interest rate of its own bank loans. The Company measures right-of-use assets based on the corresponding lease liability adjusted for payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date, and initial direct costs it incurs under the lease. The Company begins recognizing lease expense when the lessor makes the underlying asset available to the Company.

 

Lease cost for operating leases includes the amortization of the ROU asset and interest expense related to the operating lease liability. For leases with lease term less than one year (short-term leases), the Company records operating lease expense in its consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term and record variable lease payments as incurred.

 

Finance Leases

 

Lease cost for finance leases where the Company is the lessee includes the amortization of the ROU asset, which is amortized on a straight-line basis and recorded to “Depreciation of right-of-use finance asset” and interest expense on the finance lease liability, which is calculated using the interest method and recorded to “Interest expense, net.” Finance lease ROU assets are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the terms of the respective leases, including periods covered by renewal options that the Company is reasonably certain of exercising.

 

F-34
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

 

Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable or that the useful life is shorter than the Company had originally estimated. When these events occur, the Company evaluates the impairment by comparing the carrying value of the assets to an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying value of the assets over the fair value of the assets. No impairment charge was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

ASC 825-10 requires certain disclosures regarding the fair value of financial instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

 

  Level 1 — inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
  Level 2 — inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted market prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data.
  Level 3 — inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable.

 

Unless otherwise disclosed, the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, advances to suppliers, other current assets, accounts payable, advance from customers, lease liabilities, due from or due to shareholders and related parties, accrued expenses and short term bank loans, approximates their recorded values due to their short-term maturities. The Company determined that the carrying value of the lease liabilities approximated their fair value as the interest rates used to discount the contracts approximate market rates.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company adopted ASC Topic 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) on January 1, 2020 using the modified retrospective approach. Revenues were presented under ASC 606 and all subsequent ASUs that modified ASC 606 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, the Company applies the following steps:

 

Step 1: Identify the contract (s) with a customer

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract

Step 3: Determine the transaction price

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation

 

F-35
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Revenue recognition (continued)

 

The Company’s revenue is generated primarily by sales of UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes, pontoon and tritoon boats. Revenue represented the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for promised goods. Revenue is recorded when performance obligations are considered to be satisfied when control is transferred to our customers upon goods delivered to customers and accepted by customers.

 

Sales returns

 

The Company provides a refund policy to accept returns from end customer, which varies and depends on the difference products and customers. The estimated sales returns are determined based upon an analysis of historical sales returns. Return allowances are recorded as a reduction in sales with corresponding sales return liabilities which are included in “Accrued return liabilities”. The estimated cost of returned inventory is recorded as a reduction to cost of sales and an increase of right of return assets which is included in “Inventories”. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, $556,538 and $1,510,640 of sales return liabilities associated with estimated product returns were recorded in the consolidated balance sheet, respectively.

 

Products warranty

 

The Company generally provides a one-year limited warranty against defects in materials related to the sale of products. The Company considerers the warranty as an assurance type warranty since the warranty provides the customer the assurance that the product complies with agreed-upon specifications. Estimated future warranty obligations are included in cost of product sales in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The determination of the Company’s warranty accrual is based on actual historical experience with the product, estimates of repair and replacement costs and any product warranty problems that are identified after shipment. The Company estimates and adjusts these accruals at each balance sheet date in accordance with changes in these factors.

 

Contract Liabilities

 

The contract liabilities of the Company are primarily related to advances received from customer. The contract liabilities are reported in a net position on a customer-by-customer basis at the end of each reporting period. Contract liabilities were recognized when the Company receives prepayment from customers resulting from purchase order. Contract liabilities will be recognized as revenue when the products are delivered. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company record advance from customers of $696,274 and $1,333,481, respectively, which will be recognized as revenue upon delivery of the products sold. For the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the amounts transferred from contract liabilities at the beginning of the fiscal year to revenue were $1,333,481 and $1,030,329, respectively.

 

Disaggregation of Revenues

 

The Company disaggregates its revenue from contracts by products, as the Company believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of the revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Company’s disaggregation of revenues for years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 is disclosed in Note 15 of this consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Cost of Sales

 

Cost of sales includes all of the costs and expenses directly related to the production of goods and services included in revenues.

 

Shipping and handling costs

 

Shipping and handling costs, which include costs related to the selection of products and their delivery to customers, are presented in cost of revenue and selling expenses. Shipping and freight expense presented in selling expenses were $4,176,883 and $4,000,062 while presented in cost of revenue were $15,468,949 and $13,864,579 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Advertising costs

 

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising cost presented in selling expenses were $1,813,067 and $772,438 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

Income taxes

 

Before the Reorganization, the Company has elected to be taxed as an S Corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. As an S Corporation, the Company is not subject to federal income tax and state tax in Texas. As such, shareholders are taxed on their pro rata share of earnings and deductions of the Company, regardless of the amount of distributions received.

 

Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC Topic No. 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

 

Significant judgment is also required in evaluating the Company’s uncertain income tax positions and provisions for income taxes. Liabilities for uncertain income tax positions are recognized based on a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate whether an income tax position has met the recognition threshold by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The second step is to measure the income tax position that has met the recognition threshold as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. The Company continually assesses the likelihood and amount of potential adjustments and adjusts the income tax provisions, income taxes payable and deferred income taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions as interest expense.

 

F-37
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Earnings per Share

 

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share” (“ASC 260”). ASC 260 requires companies with complex capital structures to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of potential common shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential common shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were no dilutive shares.

 

Segment reporting

 

The Company follows ASC 280, “Segment Reporting.” The Company’s Chief Executive Officer or chief operating decision-maker reviews the consolidated financial results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing the performance of the Company as a whole and hence, the Company has only one reportable segment. The Company operates and manages its business as a single segment. As the Company’s long-lived assets are all located in the United States and substantially all the Company’s revenues are derived from within the United States, no geographical segments are presented.

 

Concentration and risks

 

a. Concentration of credit risk

 

Assets that potentially subject the Company to a significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash, accounts receivable and other current assets. The maximum exposure of such assets to credit risk is their carrying amounts at the balance sheet dates. The Company maintains all the bank accounts at financial institutions in the United States, where there is $250,000 standard deposit insurance coverage limit per depositor, per FDIC-insured bank and per ownership category. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, one bank balance in Massimo Motor Sports exceeded the insured limited of $614,558 and $777,532, respectively.

 

To limit the exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Company primarily places cash deposits with large financial institutions in the United States. The Company conducts credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral or other security from them. The Company establishes an accounting policy to provide for current expected credit losses based on the individual customer’s financial condition, credit history, and the current economic conditions.

 

b. Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Most of our raw materials are imported from China. The value of the Chinese Yuan against the U.S. dollar is affected by the changes in China and United States economic conditions. We do not believe that we currently have any significant direct foreign exchange risk and have not used any derivative financial instruments to hedge exposure to such risk.

 

c. Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the interest rates from our borrowings with banks. We have not been exposed to material risks due to the fact that our borrowing is not significant. And we have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest risk exposure. However, we cannot provide assurance that we will not be exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rate in the future.

 

F-38
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Concentration and risks (continued)

 

d. Liquidity Risk

 

Liquidity risk arises through the excess of financial obligations over available financial assets due at any point in time. Our objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain sufficient readily available reserves in order to meet our liquidity requirements at any point in time. We achieve this by maintaining sufficient cash and banking facilities.

 

e. Significant customers

 

For the years ended December 31, 2022, and 2021, one customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues. As of December 31, 2022, and 2021, four customers accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable.

 

f. Significant suppliers

 

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, two suppliers accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total purchases respectively. As of December 31, 2022, one supplier accounted for more than 30% of the Company’s total accounts payable. As of December 31, 2021, one supplier accounted for more than 30% of the Company’s total accounts payable.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all accounting standards updates (“ASUs”). Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued.

 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. This ASU also removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity-linked contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, and it simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. The new standard will become effective for us beginning January 1, 2024, using either a modified retrospective or a fully retrospective method of transition and early adoption is permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard on our financial statements.

 

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers.” This ASU requires entities to apply Topic 606 to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in a business combination. The amendments improve comparability after the business combination by providing consistent recognition and measurement guidance for revenue contracts with customers acquired in a business combination and revenue contracts with customers not acquired in a business combination. The amendments are effective for the Company beginning after December 15, 2023, and are applied prospectively to business combinations that occur after the effective date. The Company does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-03, “Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions,” which clarifies and amends the guidance of measuring the fair value of equity securities subject to contractual restrictions that prohibit the sale of the equity securities. The guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of income and comprehensive income and statements of cash flows.

  

F-39
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

Accounts receivable consisted of the following:

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Accounts receivable – third parties  $7,165,578   $8,212,130 
Accounts receivable – related parties   20,212    69,027 
Total accounts receivable, gross   7,185,790    8,281,157 
Less: allowance for credit loss   (354,059)   (451,694)
Accounts receivable, net   6,831,731    7,829,463 

 

The Company recorded allowance for credit loss of $354,059 and $451,694 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

The movement of allowance for credit loss for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 are as follow:

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Balance as of beginning  $451,694   $601,461 
Reversal of provision   (97,635)   (149,767)
Ending balance  $354,059   $451,694 

 

NOTE 4 — INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consist of the following:

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Products  $14,806,133   $12,861,341 
Parts and accessories   629,423    655,224 
Inventories in transit   4,049,718    4,181,217 
Freight and duty   4,277,676    4,619,620 
    23,762,950    22,317,402 
Less: inventory allowance   -    - 
Inventories, net  $23,762,950   $22,317,402 

 

Impairment provision of inventories recorded for lower of cost or net realizable value adjustments were $0 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

F-40
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 — ADVANCE TO SUPPLIERS

 

Advance to suppliers consisted of the following:

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Advance to suppliers  $2,977,412   $2,347,023 
Less: allowance for credit loss   -    - 
Advance to suppliers, net  $2,977,412   $2,347,023 

 

No bad debt allowance of advances to suppliers was recorded at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

Property, plant and equipment, net, consist of the following:

 

  

December 31,

2022  

  

December 31,

2021

 
Furniture and Fixtures  $125,977   $125,977 
Machinery equipment   89,418    89,418 
Vehicles   616,424    475,769 
Electronic equipment   35,303    17,209 
Leasehold improvement   54,053    15,000 
Subtotal   921,175    723,373 
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization   (506,621   (359,963
Property and equipment, net  $414,554   $363,410 

 

Depreciation expense was $146,658 and $123,129 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

F-41
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 7 — LEASES

 

On August 1, 2018, the Company signed a lease agreement with Miller Creek Holding LLC, a related party owned by the Controlling shareholders, to rent the warehouse and office space of total 220,000 square feet for monthly rent of $40,000 used for its operation. The lease expired on July 31, 2021 and was further renewed for another three years expired on July 31, 2024 with monthly rent of $60,000. The Company also had multiple lease agreements for machinery, office equipment and vehicles. The Group’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

 

Total operating lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 amounted to $775,013 and $592,834, respectively. Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets amounted to $698,379 and $561,848 for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 respectively.

 

Total accretion of lease liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 amounted to $4,015 and $4,563, respectively. Amortization of finance lease right-of-use assets amounted to $39,214 and $52,273 for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 respectively.

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating and financing leases was as follows:

 

Operating leases

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Right-of-use assets, net   1,340,053    1,783,365 
           
Operating lease liabilities - current   750,719    675,947 
Operating lease liabilities - non-current   589,334    1,107,418 
Total  $1,340,053    1,783,365 

 

Financing leases

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Right-of-use assets, net   94,857    134,071 
           
Finance lease liabilities - current   27,559    38,488 
Finance lease liabilities - non-current   70,310    97,869 
Total  $97,869    136,357 

 

The following table includes supplemental cash flow and non-cash information related to leases:

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Cash paid of amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:          
Operating cash flows from operating leases  $775,013   $592,834 
Financing cash flows from finance leases   42,503    55,973 
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:          
Finance lease liabilities   -    146,295 
Operating lease liabilities  $255,066   $2,047,636 

 

F-42
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 7 — LEASES (continued)

 

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for all of operating lease and finance leases were as follows as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years):          
Finance lease   3.36 years    3.17 years 
Operating leases   1.78 years    2.49 years 
           
Weighted average discount rate:          
Finance leases   3.50%   3.38%
Operating leases   6.75%   3.49%

 

The following is a schedule of maturities of operating and finance lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022:

 

Operating leases

 

Twelve months ending December 31,    
2023  $824,769 
2024   524,769 
2025 and after   119,376 
Total future minimum lease payments   1,468,914 
Less: imputed interest   128,861 
Present value of operating lease liabilities  $1,340,053 

 

Finance leases

 

Twelve months ending December 31,    
2023  $30,545 
2024   30,545 
2025 and after   42,886 
Total future minimum lease payments   103,976 
Less: imputed interest   6,107 
Present value of finance lease liabilities  $97,869 

 

F-43
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 8 — ACCRUED RETURN LIABILITIES

 

The following table shows changes in the Company’s accrued return liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Balance as of beginning  $1,510,640   $2,314,746 
Actual recognized products return   (5,371,678)   (4,840,169)
Accruals for product return liabilities   4,417,576    4,036,063 
Ending balance  $556,538   $1,510,640 

 

NOTE 9 — ACCRUED WARRANTY EXPENSES

 

The following table shows changes in the Company’s accrued warranties and related costs for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Balance as of beginning  $280,808   $19,829 
Cost of warranty claims   (1,353,914)   (500,843)
Accruals for product warranty   1,333,637    761,822 
Ending balance  $260,531   $280,808 

 

NOTE 10 — OTHER PAYABLE, ACCRUED EXPENSE AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITY

 

The following table shows breakdown of Company’s other payable, accrued expense and other current liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
Credit card liabilities   36,183    14,378 
Sales Tax payable   27,909    32,950 
Accrued expense   296,183    221,729 
Other current liabilities   41,781    26,569 
Other payable, accrued expense and other current liabilities  $402,056   $295,626 

 

F-44
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 11 —BANK LOAN

 

Bank loan balance consisted of the following:

 

   December 31,   December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Midfirst Bank  $5,600,000   $4,000,000 

 

On January 15, 2021, the Company’s subsidiary Massimo Motor Sports obtained a line of credit from Midfirst Bank, pursuant to which the Company has the availability to borrow a maximum $4.0 million out of this line of credit for two years at the U.S. prime rate + 0.25%. On August 15. 2021, this line of credit was increased to allow the Company to access of total $7.4 million and the maturity date was extended to July 15, 2023. On April 18, 2022, this line of credit was further increased to $10.0 million, and maturity date is July 15, 2023. Subsequent to year end date December 31, 2022, the maturity date was extended to October 15, 2023.

 

This line of credit is also personally guaranteed by Mr. David Shan, the Controlling shareholder, and Miller Creek Holdings LLC, a related party controlled by Mr. David Shan. This line of credit is pledged by the Company’s accounts receivable and inventories.

 

Interest expenses for the above-mentioned bank loan amounted to $368,990 and $130,015 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

 

NOTE 12 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The relationship of related parties is summarized as follow:

 

Name of Related Party   Relationship to the Company
David Shan   Controlling shareholder of the Company
Custom Van Living   Controlled by David Shan
Odes Powersports LLC Controlled by David Shan
Vessel Technology Inc   Controlled by David Shan
Miller Creek Holdings LLC Controlled by David Shan
SUNL Technology LLC Controlled by David Shan
Twin Lakes Investments, LP   Controlled by David Shan’s wife

 

(1) Due from related parties

 

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the balance of due from related parties consists of the following:

 

   December 31,   December 31, 
   2022   2021 
Account receivable from SUNL Technology LLC   20,212    69,027 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company sold certain electric scooters to SUNL Technology LLC. The related sales represented approximately 0.01% and 0.12% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As at December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company has accounts receivable balance of $20,212 and $69,027 from SUNL.

 

F-45
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 12 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

(2) Due to shareholder

 

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the balance of due to shareholder consists of the following:

 

   December 31,   December 31, 
   2022   2021 
         
Due to shareholder - David Shan, opening balance  $1,484,426   $1,530,026 
Withdraw   (2,500,082)   (45,600)
Capital dividend declared   12,000,000    - 
Due to shareholder – David Shan, ending balance  $10,984,344   $1,484,426 

 

The balance represented unsecured, due on demand and interest free borrowings between the Company and the Controlling shareholder, Mr. David Shan, the Chairman of the Board. Mr. David Shan periodically provides working capitals to support the Company’s operations when needed. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company declared non-taxable capital dividend to Mr. David Shan from its accumulated retained earnings and Mr. David Shan withdraw approximately $2.5 million from the Company to pay the income taxes calculated based on the Company’s net profits reported to IRS as a S Corporation. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company owed $10,984,344 and $1,484,426 due to Mr. David Shan, respectively.

 

(3) Lease arrangement with related party

 

On August 1, 2018, the Company signed a lease agreement with Miller Creek Holding LLC, a related party owned by Mr. David Shan, the Controlling shareholders, to rent the warehouse and office space of total 220,000 square feet for monthly rent of $40,000 used for its operation. The lease expired on July 31, 2021 and was further renewed for another three years expired on July 31, 2024 with monthly rent of $60,000. (See Note 8)

 

The Company recorded rent expense of $720,000 and $580,000 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 in connection with this lease arrangement.

 

F-46
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 12 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

(4) Loan guarantee provided by related parties

 

In connection with the Company’s bank borrowing, Mr. David Shan, the controlling shareholder and Miller Creek Holdings LLC provided unlimited guarantee to the Company’s bank loan. (See Note 12).

 

NOTE 13 — OTHER INCOME, NET

 

The Company’s breakdown of other income, net for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

 

  

December 31,

2022

  

December 31,

2021

 
         
Income from insurance claim  $200,000   $- 
Income from selling package material and other sales   137,195    63,172 
Income from Paycheck Protection Program loan forgiveness   -    714,613 
Others   47,427    22,192 
    384,622    799,977 

 

The Company received insurance claim of $200,000 for the year ended December 31, 2022 (2021: nil).

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded other income of $714,613 as loan under Paycheck Protection Program was forgiven. No such income was noted for the year ended December 31,2022.

 

NOTE 14 — TAXES

 

Corporate Income Taxes

 

Before the Reorganization, Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine are both elected to be taxed as an S Corporation under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and comparable state income tax law. As an S Corporation, Massimo Motor Sports and Masson Marine are not subject to federal income tax and Texas State tax. Taxable income “pass through” to the personal tax returns of the owners. Therefore, no provision or liability for income taxes for Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Pro Forma Information

 

Had the Company been taxed as a C Corporation and paid U.S. federal income tax for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company combined statutory income tax rate would have been 21% in each period, representing a U.S. federal income tax rate of 21.0% and no state tax for Texas. Had the Company been subject to U.S. federal income tax during these periods, on a pro forma basis, the provision for combined federal and state income tax would have been $873,939 and $990,927, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. As a result of the foregoing factors, the Company’s pro forma net income (after U.S. federal and state income tax) for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 would have been $3,287,674 and $3,727,774 respectively.

 

F-47
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 15 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Common Shares

 

Massimo Group is a company that was established on October 10, 2022 under the laws of the State of Nevada. Based on the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, the authorized number of common stocks was 100,000,000 shares of common stock with par value of $0.001 and 40,000,000 common shares were issued on June 1, 2023. The authorized number of preferred stocks was 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with par value of $0.01 and no preferred shares were issued.

 

All share information included in these consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted for the Reorganization as if such common shares issuance occurred on the first day of the first period presented.

 

NOTE 16 – PRO FORMA EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had no stock options and warrants issued and no impact on diluted earnings per share. The earnings per share was calculated based on pro forma statement of operation for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, assuming the Company is a C Corporation upon Reorganization.

 

   For the years ended December 31, 
   2022   2021 
         
Net income attributable to the Company (pro forma)  $3,287,674   $3,727,774 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – Basic and Diluted   40,000,000    40,000,000 
           
Earnings per share – Basic and Diluted (pro forma)  $0.08   $0.09 

 

F-48
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 17 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Contingencies

 

The Company may be involved in certain legal proceedings, claims and disputes arising from the commercial operations, which, in general, are subject to uncertainties and in which the outcomes are not predictable. The Company determines whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. Although the Company can give no assurances about the resolution of pending claims, litigation or other disputes and the effect such outcomes may have on the Company, the Company believes that any ultimate liability resulting from the outcome of such proceedings, to the extent not otherwise provided or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations or liquidity as at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

 

Contractual Commitments

 

As of December 31, 2022, the Company’s contractual obligations consisted of the following:

 

Contractual Obligations  Total   Less than 1 year   1-3 years   3-5 years   More than 5 years 
Lease commitment  $1,572,890    855,314    680,642    36,934   $ 
Repayment of bank loan   5,600,000    5,600,000         -     
Total  $7,172,890    6,455,314    680,642    36,934   $ 

 

F-49
 

 

MASSIMO GROUP AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 18 — SEGMENT REPORTING

 

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources and assess performance of the segment.

 

Management of the Company concludes that it has only one reporting segment. The Company is primarily engaged in the business of manufacturing and sales of a wide selection of farm and ranch tested UTVs, ATVs, and pontoon and tritoon boats.

 

The Company’s CEO reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company, rather than by product types or geographic area; hence the Company concluded it has only one reporting segment.

 

The following table presents sales by product categories for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively:

 

  

For the year ended

December 31, 2022

  

For the year ended

December 31, 2021

 
UTVs, ATVs and electric bikes  $78,024,831   $78,511,009 
Pontoon and tritoon   8,502,703    4,056,807 
Total revenue  $86,527,534   $82,567,816 

 

Note 19 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company evaluated all events and transactions that occurred after December 31, 2022 up through the date the Company issued these consolidated financial statements, for disclosure or recognition in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as appropriate.

 

Additional Paid-In Capital

 

On June 1, 2023, the Company entered into two agreements with ATIFUS. Pursuant to these agreements, ATIFUS agreed to investment of $1.0 million to Massimo Motor Sports and $1.0 million to Massimo Marine to exchange 15% of the outstanding shares common stock of Massimo Motor Sports and Massino Marine, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the Company received the advance of $600,000 for share purchase, which was recorded as subscription deposit on the financial statements. ATIFUS paid additional $0.4 million investment fund subsequent to December 31, 2022 up to the report date. As at the report date of these consolidated financial statements, the Company had a receivable of share subscription receivable amount of $1.0 million. Pursuant to both agreements, Mr. David Shan shall maintain his sole authority to act on behalf of the Company and any decisions to be made by and among any members of the Company shall be made by majority vote.

 

Reorganization

 

On June 1, 2023, the Company completed its reorganization by exchange the 100% of equity interest in Massimo Motor Sports and in Massimo Marine to the 100% of company shares in Massim Group, a Nevada corporation (the “Reorganization”). After the Reorganization, the Massimo Motor Sports and Massimo Marine are 100% owned subsidiaries of Massimo Group, and Ms. David Shand and ATIFUS owns 85% (34,000,000 shares) and 15% (6,000,000 shares) of equity interest in Massimo Group respectively.

 

F-50
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[       ] Shares

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

A picture containing text, clipart

Description automatically generated

 

 

 

 

 

Massimo Group

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

          , 2023

 

 

 

 

Until [●], 2024 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as Underwriters and with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the expenses in connection with this registration statement. All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing fees payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission and to FINRA.

 

  

Amount to be paid

 
SEC registration fee  $        
FINRA filing fee  $ 
The Nasdaq Capital Market initial listing fee  $ 
Transfer agent and registrar fees  $ 
Accounting fees and expenses  $ 
Legal fees and expenses  $ 
Printing expenses  $ 
Miscellaneous  $ 
Total  $ 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Under statutory and decisional law, directors of Nevada corporations owe duties of loyalty to the corporation generally described as fiduciary duties. NRS 78.138 provides that the fiduciary duties of directors and officers are to exercise their respective powers in good faith and with a view to the interests of the corporation. Nevada has adopted standards, commonly known as the “business judgment rule,” to govern director decisions and which provide that, except as otherwise provided in subsection 1 of NRS 78.139, directors are presumed to act in good faith, on an informed basis and with a view to the interests of the corporation.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws contain provisions that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors and officers for damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except those resulting from (a) acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud, or a knowing violation of law, or (b) the payment of dividends in violation of NRS 78.300, as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor provision thereto.

 

These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws also authorize us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Nevada law.

 

As permitted under the NRS, our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that:

 

we may indemnify our directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the NRS, subject to limited exceptions;
   
we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the NRS, subject to limited exceptions; and
   
the rights provided in our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws are not exclusive.

 

II-1
 

 

Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for the indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein. We intend to enter into, separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the NRS. These indemnification agreements generally require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

 

The NRS provide that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise for any liability asserted against him and liability and expenses incurred by him in his capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation has the authority to indemnify him against such liability and expenses. We may also maintain a general liability insurance policy, which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

 

The form of Underwriting Agreement for this initial public offering provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of us and our officers and directors who sign this registration statement for specified liabilities, including matters arising under the Securities Act.

 

Exclusive Jurisdiction of Certain Actions

 

Our Bylaws require, to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law, that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Second Judicial District Court of Washoe County of the State of Nevada (the “Court”) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company, any director or the Company’s officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the NRS, Chapters 78 or 92A of the NRS or our Articles of Incorporation or our Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company, any director or the Company’s officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, each of these clauses (i) through (iv) will not apply to any claim (x) as to which the Court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court within ten (10) days following such determination), (y) for which the Court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or (z) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court, including pursuant to Section 27 of the Exchange Act, which provides for exclusive federal jurisdiction over suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act provides for concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, and as such the exclusive jurisdiction clauses set forth above would not apply to such suits.

 

II-2
 

 

Our Bylaws will provide that the exclusive forum provision will be applicable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject to certain exceptions. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, our Bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. We note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Nevada law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our shares of capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this exclusive forum provision, but will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

During the past three years, we have issued the following common stock. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering, or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of common stock.

 

To effectuate the Reorganization, on June 1, 2023, Mr. Shan and ATIFUS contributed their membership interests in Massimo Marine and Massimo Motor Sports, to Massimo Group in exchange for shares of common stock of Massimo Group, whereby Massimo Group issued 34,000,000 common stock to Mr. Shan and 6,000,000 to ATIFUS, the end result being that Mr. Shan and ATIFUS own eighty-five percent (85%) and fifteen percent (15%) of Massimo Group respectively.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement(**)
3.1   Articles of Incorporation of the Company(*)
3.2   Bylaws of the Company(*)
3.3   Form of Underwriter Warrant(**)
5.1   Opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered(**)
10.1   Contribution Agreement dated June 1, 2023, by and among Massimo Group, David Shan and Asia International Securities Exchange Co., Ltd.(*)
10.2   Employment Agreement dated June 1, 2023, between the Company and David Shan(*)(†)
10.3   Employment Agreement dated June 1, 2023, between the Company and Dr. Yunhao Chen(*)(†)
10.4   Business Loan Agreement dated April 18, 2022, between the Company and MidFirst Bank(*)
10.5   Addendum No. 1 to Business Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2023, between the Company and MidFirst Bank(*)
10.6   Addendum No. 2 to Business Loan Agreement, dated October 15, 2023, between the Company and MidFirst Bank(*)
10.7   2023 Stock Incentive Plan (**)
23.1   Consent of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1) (**)
23.2   Consent of ZH CPA, LLC Certified Public Accountants and Advisors, A Professional Corporation(*)
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement) (*)
99.1   Consent of Dr. Yunhao Chen(*)
99.2   Consent of Paolo Pietrogrande(*)
99.3   Consent of Mark Sheffield(*)
99.4   Consent of Ting Zhu(*)
101.xsd   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document(*)
101.cal   XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document(*)
101.def   XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document(*)
101.lab   XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document(*)
101.pre   XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document(*)
107   Filing Fee Table (*)

 

 

* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment.
Denotes management compensation plan or contract

 

II-3
 

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  1. To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

 

(i)To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii)To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

(iii)To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  2. For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  3. To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  4. For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

 

  (i) If the registrant is relying on Rule 430B:

 

  (a) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

 

II-4
 

 

  (b) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

 

  (ii) If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

  5. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  6. For the purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distributions of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

II-5
 

 

  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

  7. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (i) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (ii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities, other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by one of our directors, officers, or controlling persons in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and we will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-6
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Dallas, Texas on December 15, 2023.

 

  MASSIMO GROUP
     
  By: /s/ David Shan
  Name: David Shan
  Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned officers and directors Massimo Group, a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Nevada, do hereby constitute David Shan and Yunhao Chen and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments, exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which relates to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ David Shan   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman   December 15, 2023
David Shan        
         
/s/ Yunhao Chen   Chief Financial Officer   December 15, 2023
Dr. Yunhao Chen        

 

II-7